ML092850024

From kanterella
Revision as of 18:21, 11 July 2019 by StriderTol (talk | contribs) (Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Initial Exam 2009-301 Final Sim/In-Plant JPMs
ML092850024
Person / Time
Site: Summer South Carolina Electric & Gas Company icon.png
Issue date: 10/10/2009
From:
NRC/RGN-II
To:
South Carolina Electric & Gas Co
References
50-395/09-301
Download: ML092850024 (177)
v • d • e


Text

  • *

WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 CANDIDATE:

EXAMINER:

THIS JPM IS APPROVED IIJollday

  • .lillie 12. 2009 () . ./ Pllge lof7 * *

WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 CANDIDATE:

EXAMINER:

THIS JPM IS APPROVED IIJollday

  • .lillie 12. 2009 () . ./ Pllge lof7
  • *
  • TASK: 000-001-05-01 TASK STANDARD:

RESPOND TO CONTINUOUS ROD WITHDRAWAL Outward rod motion is stopped with the reactor critical.

Tavg is restored to within 1.0°F of Tref and stable, FCV-122 control in Manual with 75 gpm minimum charging flow. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.

TING CUE: Rod Control System in Manual, Tavg within 1.0°F of Tref and charging flow at a minimum of 75 gpm. PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD PERFORM SIMULATOR

REFERENCES:

AOP-403.3 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 000001A205 AA2.05 Uncontrolled rod withdrawal, from 4.4 4.6 available indications 000001A101 AA1.01 Bank select switch 3.5 3.2 000001A102 AA1.02 Rod in-out-hold switch 3.6 3.4 TOOLS: AOP-403.3 XCP-614:5-1 EVALUATION TIME 15 TIME CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)3 TIME START: TIME FINISII: PERFORMANCE TIME: PERFORMANCE RATING: SAT: UNSAT: EXAMINER:

/

... ---.----------

--

SIGNATURE DATE .Hollda)" Jlllle 12. 1009 Page 10f7 * *

  • TASK: 000-001-05-01 TASK STANDARD:

RESPOND TO CONTINUOUS ROD WITHDRAWAL Outward rod motion is stopped with the reactor critical.

Tavg is restored to within 1.0°F of Tref and stable, FCV-122 control in Manual with 75 gpm minimum charging flow. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.

TING CUE: Rod Control System in Manual, Tavg within 1.0°F of Tref and charging flow at a minimum of 75 gpm. PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD PERFORM SIMULATOR

REFERENCES:

AOP-403.3 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 000001A205 AA2.05 Uncontrolled rod withdrawal, from 4.4 4.6 available indications 000001A101 AA1.01 Bank select switch 3.5 3.2 000001A102 AA1.02 Rod in-out-hold switch 3.6 3.4 TOOLS: AOP-403.3 XCP-614:5-1 EVALUATION TIME 15 TIME CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)3 TIME START: TIME FINISII: PERFORMANCE TIME: PERFORMANCE RATING: SAT: UNSAT: EXAMINER:

/

... ---.----------

--

SIGNATURE DATE .Hollda)" Jlllle 12. 1009 Page 10f7

  • *
  • INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERA TOR: WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: INITIAL CONDITION:

The plant is at approximately 50% power with all controls in automatic.

INITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs you, as the NROATC (and the BOP), to monitor the plant. HANDJPM BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TUvIE! MOllday, JUlie 21, 2009 P(/gelof7

  • *
  • INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERA TOR: WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: INITIAL CONDITION:

The plant is at approximately 50% power with all controls in automatic.

INITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs you, as the NROATC (and the BOP), to monitor the plant. HANDJPM BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TUvIE! MOllday, JUlie 21, 2009 P(/gelof7

  • *
  • STEPS STEP: CUES: .------------------------------------.

NOTE: AOP-403.3 Immediate Action. I ____________________________________

J CR SEQ No Yes Verify rod motion is NOT required:

-Tavg is within 1SF of Tref. AND -No load rejection has occurred (C7 A OR C7B). COMMENTS:

STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Operator verifies Tavg is within 1SF of Tref; C7A and C7B lights are dim. SAT __ UNSAT 1------------------------------------.

NOTE: AOP-403.3 Immediate Action. I ____________________________________

J CR SEQ Yes Yes Place ROD CNTRL BANK SEL Switch in MAN. COMMENTS:

STEP: 3 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and positions Rod Control Bank Selector switch to MANUAL. SAT UNSAT 1------------------------------------.

IN_OLE;,.

A_O':.-4.9 3 J L m!rl e ,2ia.!.e ,L\c.!!0!l.

______________________

.. CR SEQ No Yes Verify rod motion is stopped. COMMENTS:

MOllday, .lillie 12, 2009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator verifies rod motion indicates stopped from step demand counters and rod position indication.

SAT UNSAT Page 5 of7 * *

  • STEPS STEP: CUES: .------------------------------------.

NOTE: AOP-403.3 Immediate Action. I ____________________________________

J CR SEQ No Yes Verify rod motion is NOT required:

-Tavg is within 1SF of Tref. AND -No load rejection has occurred (C7 A OR C7B). COMMENTS:

STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Operator verifies Tavg is within 1SF of Tref; C7A and C7B lights are dim. SAT __ _ UNSAT 1------------------------------------.

NOTE: AOP-403.3 Immediate Action. I ____________________________________

J CR SEQ Yes Yes Place ROD CNTRL BANK SEL Switch in MAN. COMMENTS:

STEP: 3 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and positions Rod Control Bank Selector switch to MANUAL. SAT UNSAT 1------------------------------------.

IN_OLE;,.

A_O':.-4.9 3 J L m!rl e ,2ia.!.e ,L\c.!!0!l.

______________________

.. CR SEQ No Yes Verify rod motion is stopped. COMMENTS:

MOllday, .lillie 12, 2009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator verifies rod motion indicates stopped from step demand counters and rod position indication.

SAT UNSAT Page 5 of7

  • *
  • STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Stabilize Main Turbine load. COMMENTS:

STEP: 5 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Operator verifies no turbine load change in progress from generator load set, MW indication, or plant computer.

SAT UNSAT

EVALUATOR CUE: CRS states: "Take whatever action is necessary as directed by your I procedures. "

CR SEQ Yes Yes Adjust Control Rods to maintain Tavg within 1.0°F of Tref. COMMENTS:

Examiner ends JPM at this point. MOl/day. Jlllle 11. 2009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and positions Control Rod IN/OUT switch as necessary to match Tavg and Trefwithin 1.0°F. SAT __ UNSAT Page 6 of7 * *

  • STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Stabilize Main Turbine load. COMMENTS:

STEP: 5 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Operator verifies no turbine load change in progress from generator load set, MW indication, or plant computer.

SAT UNSAT

EVALUATOR CUE: CRS states: "Take whatever action is necessary as directed by your I procedures. "

CR SEQ Yes Yes Adjust Control Rods to maintain Tavg within 1.0°F of Tref. COMMENTS:

Examiner ends JPM at this point. MOl/day. Jlllle 11. 2009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and positions Control Rod IN/OUT switch as necessary to match Tavg and Trefwithin 1.0°F. SAT __ _ UNSAT Page 6 of7

  • *
  • JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPS-036B DESCRIPTION:

CONTINUOUS ROD WITHDRAWAL ICSET: 12 INSTRUCTIONS:

1. RUN 2. When student is ready, activate:

MAL-CRF006A BST-RC040 CVC016A COMMENTS:

Monday * .lillie 22. 2009 SEVERITY = 72 ACTUATED SET = 50 Set on TRIGGER #1 (Uncontrolled Auto Rod Motion) Set on TRIGGER #1 (Auto Rods Out Bistable)

Set on TRIGGER #1 (FCV-122 Failed in Auto) Page 70f7 * *

  • JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPS-036B DESCRIPTION:

CONTINUOUS ROD WITHDRAWAL ICSET: 12 INSTRUCTIONS:

1. RUN 2. When student is ready, activate:

MAL-CRF006A BST-RC040 CVC016A COMMENTS:

Monday * .lillie 22. 2009 SEVERITY = 72 ACTUATED SET = 50 Set on TRIGGER #1 (Uncontrolled Auto Rod Motion) Set on TRIGGER #1 (Auto Rods Out Bistable)

Set on TRIGGER #1 (FCV-122 Failed in Auto) Page 70f7

  • JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:

The plant is at approximately 50% power with all controls in automatic.

INITIA TING CUES: The CRS directs you, as the NROATC (and the BOP), to monitor the plant. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Jfollday * .lillie 11. 1009

  • JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:

The plant is at approximately 50% power with all controls in automatic.

INITIA TING CUES: The CRS directs you, as the NROATC (and the BOP), to monitor the plant. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Jfollday * .lillie 11. 1009

    • .. *
  • CHANGE TYPE LETTER CHANGE A-P SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC & GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS NUCLEAR OPERATIONS COpy NO. -----;-ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURE AOP-403.3 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION REVISION 2 SAFETY DATE RECORD OF CHANGES APPROVAL CANCELLED CHANGE TYPE APPROVAL CANCELLED DATE DATE LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE CONTINUOUS USE Continuous Use of Procedure Required . Read Each Step Prior to Performing.
    • .. *
  • CHANGE TYPE LETTER CHANGE A-P SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC & GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS NUCLEAR OPERATIONS COpy NO. ___ _ ;-ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURE AOP-403.3 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION REVISION 2 SAFETY DATE RECORD OF CHANGES APPROVAL CANCELLED CHANGE TYPE APPROVAL CANCELLED DATE DATE LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE CONTINUOUS USE Continuous Use of Procedure Required . Read Each Step Prior to Performing.
  • .. PRoaOURE DEVELOPMENT FORM -A SAP-139 ATTACHMENT IV PAGE 1 OF3 REVISION 16 CHANGEF L DATE: 3118/96 PROC.# AOP-403.3 REV. # _2__

COMM. # __ _ TITtf: CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION NEW PROC __ OiANGE X PERMANENT SAFETY RELATED REVISION __ RESTRICTED

___ FROM _____ TO QUAUTYRELATED NON-SAFETY RELATED L Changed sympton referring to full rod withdrawal alarm to C-ll status light. REASON FOR CHANGE: MRF 22769C Replaced the alarm with a status light. IL WlU THIS 1tEV1SIOHICHAHGElNEWPltOClDUU:

  • YES 1. Result in significant increased personnelrlldiation exposure? (ALARA re1Mw) 2. Result in. reIHse of effluents to the Environment?
3. Degrade the effectiveness of the Radiation Emergency Plan? --4. Degrade the safeguards .tfectiwness of the Physkal SeQJrity.

Safeguards Contingency

--or Tr.ining.nd Qualification PIiIns? __ onglnator NO --*---*-N/A

  • If .nyquestion 1 through 4is _ ..... '"YES-,

section REQUIRED REVIEW AND COMMENT: tif1:. () OPS () NL&OE 0 CHS () GMNPO l..£: I!. f () MNTS () PM 0 HPS JlGMES iSine Supel'VlSor

.i2'QA

() NPS () MNT ) GMNSS L:)...c. * * * . (roC ()TS 0 DE QRC 0,--,) :rOH ..... <fe-,.....,S

"" A' IV. 1OCFltSO.59 SCREENING REVIEWISAfETY EVALUAnoN REQUIRED 0 EXEMPT PSRC SUPPORTING DOCUMENT:

MRF 22769C V. TEMPOItAItY APPROVAL:

x O.te QUAUFIED REVIEWER _______ DATE __ _ QA REVIEW ________ DATE ___ _ TELECONBY SHIFT SUPERVISOR

_______ DATE __ _ VI.

TRAINING REQUIRED?

YES __ NO_ / '"

YES_ NO_ P/CAPAFFECl'ED?

V. COMMENTSRESOLVED:_

iscipline Supervisor D.te X. PSltC RMEW: A. REVIEWED BY: Date COMMENTS:

YES_ NO_ TELECONBY

___________

_ FINAL APPROVAL REQUIRED BY: DATE _____ _ VII. "CAP ACCEPTAlLI? C. YES NO -J.L:t1 --NLiOE//" T YES I --ftR:l":ES""P:-.

l..--.:O:-

  • .,.....te b.te va :i iliJrAppHcaWe)

QA Concurreno Date Approv)llConcurrence , I O.te B. PSRCCOMMENTS RESOLVED:

Responsible Manager Date PSRcchiJrl'l'IIIn Date * .. PRoaOURE DEVELOPMENT FORM -A SAP-139 ATTACHMENT IV PAGE 1 OF3 REVISION 16 CHANGEF REV. # _2__

COMM. # __ _ L DATE: 3118/96 PROC.# AOP-403.3 TITtf: CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION NEW PROC __ OiANGE X PERMANENT SAFETY RELATED x REVISION __ RESTRICTED

___ FROM _____ TO QUAUTYRELATED NON-SAFETY RELATED __ L Changed sympton referring to full rod withdrawal alarm to C-ll status light. REASON FOR CHANGE: MRF 22769C Replaced the alarm with a status light. IL WlU THIS 1tEV1SIOHICHAHGElNEWPltOClDUU:

  • YES 1. Result in significant increased personnelrlldiation exposure? (ALARA re1Mw) 2. Result in. reIHse of effluents to the Environment?
3. Degrade the effectiveness of the Radiation Emergency Plan? --4. Degrade the safeguards .tfectiwness of the Physkal SeQJrity.

Safeguards Contingency

--or Tr.ining.nd Qualification PIiIns? __ onglnator NO --*-

--*-N/A

  • If .nyquestion 1 through 4is _ ..... '"YES-,

section REQUIRED REVIEW AND COMMENT: tif1:. () OPS () NL&OE 0 CHS () GMNPO l..£: I!. f () MNTS () PM 0 HPS J1GMES iSine Supel'VlSor b.te ;::.i2'QA

() NPS () MNT ) GMNSS L:)...c. * * * . (roC ()TS 0 DE QRC 0,--,) :rOH ..... <fe-,.....,S ,/ IV. 1OCFltSO.59 SCREENING REVIEWISAfETY

/ f" r 0 EXEMPT II PSRC SUPPORTING DOCUMENT:

MRF 22769C ( ." -or':"co--ncurre::::::'-nce--

V. TEMPOItAItY APPROVAL:

QUAUFIED REVIEWER _______ DATE __ _ TELECONBY SHIFT SUPERVISOR

_______ DATE __ _ VI.

TRAINING REQUIRED?

YES __ NO_ / '"

YES_ NO_ P/CAPAFFECl'ED?

V. COMMENTSRESOlVED:_

iscipline Supervisor D.te X. PSltC RMEW: A. REVIEWED BY: Oate COMMENTS:

YES_ NO_ QA REVIEW ________ DATE ___ _ TELECONBY

___________

_ FINAL APPROVAL REQUIRED BY: DATE _____ _ VII. "CAP ACCEPTAlLI? C. YES NO -J.L:t1 --NLiOE//" T YES I --iiR:J!:ESi'lP;-.

I.-"b.-:.=te b.te va :i iliJrAppHcaWe)

QA Concurreno Date Approv)1lConcurrence , J O.te B. PSRCCOMMENTS RESOLVED:

Responsible Manager Date PSRC ChiJrrnlln Date

.. *

  • CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION SECTION PURPOSE SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS OPERATOR ACT! ONS TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE i AOP-4D3,3 REVISION 2 1 1 2 *
  • CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION SECTION PURPOSE SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS OPERATOR ACT! ONS TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE i AOP-4D3,3 REVISION 2 1 1 2
    • .. *
1. Tech Specs 3.1.3.1. 3.1.3.5. 3.1.3.6. and 3.2.1. 2. FSAR 7.7.1.1 through 7.7.1.4. and 7.7.2. 3. DBD. Reactor Protection System. 4. SOP-403. Rod Control And Position Indicating System. 5. 1080837. Sheet 9. 6. 10B0932. Sheet 21. REVISION

SUMMARY

AOP-403.3 REVISION 2 Converted procedure to two-column format. incorporating contingency actions. Added notification of Rod Control System Engineer as requested . PAGE ii ** .. *

1. Tech Specs 3.1.3.1. 3.1.3.5. 3.1.3.6. and 3.2.1. 2. FSAR 7.7.1.1 through 7.7.1.4. and 7.7.2. 3. DBD. Reactor Protection System. 4. SOP-403. Rod Control And Position Indicating System. 5. 1080837. Sheet 9. 6. 10B0932. Sheet 21. REVISION

SUMMARY

AOP-403.3 REVISION 2 Converted procedure to two-column format. incorporating contingency actions. Added notification of Rod Control System Engineer as requested . PAGE ii

    • *
  • CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION puRPOSE AOP-4D3,3 REVISION 2 This procedure provides instructions for responding to unwarranted Control Rod motion. SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS
1. Unwarranted Control Rod motion as indicated by Group Step Counters and Digital Rod Position Indicators.
2. Changing Reactor power without an accompanying Turbine load change. 3. AnY of the following Main Control Board annunciators in alarm:
  • RCS TAVG-TREF DEV HI/LO (XCP-615 2-5),
  • RCS TAVG DEV HI/LO (XCP-615 1-5).
  • CRB INSRT LMT LO (XCP-621 1-2).
  • eRB INSERT lMT lO-LO (XCP-621 1-1).
  • CMPTR AFLUX LMT EXCEEDS (XCP-620 2-4) .
  • RCS LOOP A(B)(C) TAVG HI (XCP-617(618)(619) 2-5).
  • OP aT AUTO IURB RUNBCK W/DRWl BLCK (XCP-621 1-4>.
  • aT AT AUTO TURB RUNBCK W/DRWL BLCK (XCP-621 1-5).
  • IR FLUX HI ROD STP (XCP-621 2-5).
  • PR FLUX HI ROD STP (XCP-621 2-4). 4. C-l1 status light bright (XCP-6109 1-25) . PAGE 1 OF 3 ** *
  • CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION puRPOSE AOP-4D3,3 REVISION 2 This procedure provides instructions for responding to unwarranted Control Rod motion. SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS
1. Unwarranted Control Rod motion as indicated by Group Step Counters and Digital Rod Position Indicators.
2. Changing Reactor power without an accompanying Turbine load change. 3. AnY of the following Main Control Board annunciators in alarm:
  • RCS TAVG-TREF DEV HI/LO (XCP-615 2-5),
  • RCS TAVG DEV HI/LO (XCP-615 1-5).
  • CRB INSRT LMT LO (XCP-621 1-2).
  • eRB INSERT lMT lO-LO (XCP-621 1-1).
  • CMPTR AFLUX LMT EXCEEDS (XCP-620 2-4) .
  • RCS LOOP A(B)(C) TAVG HI (XCP-617(618)(619) 2-5).
  • OP aT AUTO IURB RUNBCK W/DRWl BLCK (XCP-621 1-4>.
  • aT AT AUTO TURB RUNBCK W/DRWL BLCK (XCP-621 1-5).
  • IR FLUX HI ROD STP (XCP-621 2-5).
  • PR FLUX HI ROD STP (XCP-621 2-4). 4. C-l1 status light bright (XCP-6109 1-25) . PAGE 1 OF 3
    • .. *
  • CD @ G) 4 5 6 7 8 AOP-403.3 REVISION 2 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION QPERATOR ACTIONS Verify rod motion is NOT required:

1 GO TO AOP-214.2.

RESPONSE TO LOAD 0 REJECTION/RUNBACK.

  • Tavg is within 1.5°F of Tref. 0 OOD
  • NQ load rejection has occurred D (C7A OR C78). Place ROD CNTRL BANK SEL Switch 0 in MAN. . Verify rod motion is stopped. 0 3 Perform the following:

a) Trip the Reactor. 0 b) GO TO EOP*l.O. REACTOR 0 TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION.

Stabilize Main Turbine load. 0 Adjust Control Rods to maintain 0 T.vg within l.O*F of Tref. Verify PZR level is stable at QR 0 6 Control Charging and letdown flow 0 trending to program level. to restore PZR level to program level. Verify PZR pressure is stable at 0 7 Control PZR Spray and Heaters to 0 OR trending to 2235 psig maintain normal PZR pressure.

(2220 psig to 2250 psig). Notify the following plant personnel:

  • Management Duty Supervisor.

0

  • Reactor Engineering . 0
  • Rod Control System Engineer . 0 PAGE 2 OF 3 ** .. *
  • Q) tv 4 5 6 7 8 AOP-403.3 REVISION 2 CONTINUOUS CONTROL ROD MOTION ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION QPERATOR ACTIONS Verify rod motion is NOT required:

1 GO TO AOP-214.2.

RESPONSE TO LOAD 0 REJECTION/RUNBACK.

  • Tavg is within 1.5°F of Tref. 0 OOD
  • NQ load rejection has occurred D (C7A OR C78). Place ROD CNTRL BANK SEL Switch 0 in MAN. . Verify rod motion is stopped. 0 3 Perform the following:

a) Trip the Reactor. 0 b) GO TO EOP*l.O. REACTOR 0 TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION.

Stabilize Main Turbine load. 0 Adjust Control Rods to maintain 0 T.vg within l.O*F of Tref. Verify PZR level is stable at QR 0 6 Control Charging and letdown flow 0 trending to program level. to restore PZR level to program level. Verify PZR pressure is stable at 0 7 Control PZR Spray and Heaters to 0 OR trending to 2235 psig maintain normal PZR pressure.

(2220 psig to 2250 psig). Notify the following plant personnel:

  • Management Duty Supervisor.

0

  • Reactor Engineering . 0
  • Rod Control System Engineer . 0 PAGE 2 OF 3
e. .. *
  • CONTI NUOUS CONTROL ROD MOT! 00 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 9 Rod control should be maintained in MAN pending results of the event analysis.

9 Determine and correct the cause of [J the failure. 10 Proceed as directed by the Shift [] Supervisor.

AOP-403.3 REVISION 2 --------------1 End of AOP-403.3 1------------

PAGE 3 OF 3 e. .. e e CONTI NUOUS CONTROL ROD MOT! 00 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 9 Rod control should be maintained in MAN pending results of the event analysis.

9 Determine and correct the cause of [J the failure. 10 Proceed as directed by the Shift [] Supervisor.

AOP-403.3 REVISION 2 --------------1 End of AOP-403.3 1------------

PAGE 3 OF 3

  • *

WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 CANDIDATE:

EXAMINER:

THIS JPM IS APPROVED MOllday, JUlie 11, 1009 Page I of 10 * *

WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 CANDIDATE:

EXAMINER:

THIS JPM IS APPROVED MOllday, JUlie 11, 1009 Page I of 10

  • *
  • TASK: 006-003-01-01 TASK STANDARD:

FILL THE ACCUMULATORS The "An Accumulator is refilled (alarm clear). The 'A' Accumulator pressure and level are within limits. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.

TERMINA TlNG CUE: Hydro Test Pump is secured. Fill lineup secured. PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCA TlON SIMULATOR

REFERENCES:

SOP-112 ARP-001-XCP-611 PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD PERFORM SAFETY INJECTION SYSTEM PANEL XCP-611 INDEX NO. 006000A113 KIA NO. A1.13 Accumulator pressure (level, boron concentration)

RO 3.5 SRO 3.7 TOOLS: SOP-112 ARP-001-XCP-611 1-2 EVALUATION TIME 30 TIME START: TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE RATING: SAT: EXAMINER:

MOl/day. JIII/e 21. 1009 TIME CRITICAL NO IOCFR55: 41(b)3 PERFORMANCE TIME UNSAT: SIGNATURE DATE Page 10//0 * *

  • TASK: 006-003-01-01 TASK STANDARD:

FILL THE ACCUMULATORS The "An Accumulator is refilled (alarm clear). The 'A' Accumulator pressure and level are within limits. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.

TERMINA TlNG CUE: Hydro Test Pump is secured. Fill lineup secured. PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCA TlON SIMULATOR

REFERENCES:

SOP-112 ARP-001-XCP-611 PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD PERFORM SAFETY INJECTION SYSTEM PANEL XCP-611 INDEX NO. 006000A113 KIA NO. A1.13 Accumulator pressure (level, boron concentration)

RO 3.5 SRO 3.7 TOOLS: SOP-112 ARP-001-XCP-611 1-2 EVALUATION TIME 30 TIME START: TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE RATING: SAT: EXAMINER:

MOl/day. JIII/e 21. 1009 TIME CRITICAL NO IOCFR55: 41(b)3 PERFORMANCE TIME UNSAT: SIGNATURE DATE Page 10//0

  • *
  • INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERATOR:

WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:

INITIAL CONDITION:

The "ACCUM A LVL HI/LO" annunciator (XCP-611, pt 1-2) is in alarm due to low level. INITL4TlNG CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to respond to the annunciator per the ARP and raise 'A' accumulator level to clear the alarm. ffANDJP/I,,f BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TiME! MOllday * .lillie 22. 2009 Page 3 0/10 * *

  • INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERATOR:

WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:

INITIAL CONDITION:

The "ACCUM A LVL HI/LO" annunciator (XCP-611, pt 1-2) is in alarm due to low level. INITL4TlNG CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to respond to the annunciator per the ARP and raise 'A' accumulator level to clear the alarm. ffANDJP/I,,f BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TiME! MOllday * .lillie 22. 2009 Page 3 0/10

  • *
  • STEPS STEP: CUES: 'IAW-ARP---------------------------------*

I ____________________________________ CR SEQ No No Verifies actual level on U-920 and LI-922 COilJiUENTS:

STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Determines both indicators indicate level below the lowalarm setpoint SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.

  • Booth operator reports (as ABLL) that XVT-8932 and 8967 are open. NOTE, XVT-8932, is not
  • modeled on the simulator.

I ______

CR SEQ No Yes Directs locally aligning SI Hydro pump COMMENTS:

STEP: 3 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verifies recirc valve open COMMENTS: .UoIIJay * .lillie 11. 2009 STEP STANDARD:

Directs ABAO to open XVT -8932 (suction valve) and XVT-8967 (Discharge Valve) STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Verifies HCV-947 hand controller has 100% demand. SAT UNSAT Page 5 of 10 * *

  • STEPS STEP: CUES: 'IAW-ARP---------------------------------*

I ____________________________________ CR SEQ No No Verifies actual level on U-920 and LI-922 COilJiUENTS:

STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Determines both indicators indicate level below the lowalarm setpoint SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.

  • Booth operator reports (as ABLL) that XVT-8932 and 8967 are open. NOTE, XVT-8932, is not
  • modeled on the simulator.

I ______

CR SEQ No Yes Directs locally aligning SI Hydro pump COMMENTS:

STEP: 3 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verifies recirc valve open COMMENTS: .UoIIJay * .lillie 11. 2009 STEP STANDARD:

Directs ABAO to open XVT -8932 (suction valve) and XVT-8967 (Discharge Valve) STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Verifies HCV-947 hand controller has 100% demand. SAT UNSAT Page 5 of 10

  • STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Directs racking in Hydro Test Pump breaker. COMMENTS:

STEP: 5 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Directs ASOA to rack in Hydro Test Pump breaker. Hydro Test Pump breaker green light lit on MCS. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.

  • Should request a peer check. Evaluator (as local operator) reports Hydro Test Pump running
  • __

CR SEQ Yes Yes Start the Hydro Test Pump. STEP STANDARD:

Indicator lights for the Hydro Test Pump, red light ON and green light OFF. COMMENTS:

SAT

  • STEP: 6 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Open the Hydro Pump discharge valve. COMMENTS:
  • .Uonda)' * ./une 11. 1009 STEP STANDARD:

PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH, red light ON, green light OFF. SAT __ UNSAT Page 6 of 10

  • STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Directs racking in Hydro Test Pump breaker. COMMENTS:

STEP: 5 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Directs ASOA to rack in Hydro Test Pump breaker. Hydro Test Pump breaker green light lit on MCS. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.

  • Should request a peer check. Evaluator (as local operator) reports Hydro Test Pump running
  • __

CR SEQ Yes Yes Start the Hydro Test Pump. STEP STANDARD:

Indicator lights for the Hydro Test Pump, red light ON and green light OFF. COMMENTS:

SAT

  • STEP: 6 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Open the Hydro Pump discharge valve. COMMENTS:
  • .Uonda)' * ./une 11. 1009 STEP STANDARD:

PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH, red light ON, green light OFF. SAT __ UNSAT Page 6 of 10

  • *
  • STEP: 7 CUES:

a .ee.2r

_________________________

.. CR SEQ No Yes Align Hydro Test Pump discharge to 'A' accumulator.

COMMENTS:

STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Commence filling 'A' accumulator.

COiUMENTS:

STEP: 9 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Acknowledge ACCUM A PRESS HilLa annunciator.

COMMENTS:

MOl/day, ./tme 21, 1009 STEP STANDARD:

PVT-8878A, A FILL FR HYDRO PP, red light ON and green light OFF. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, slowly closed using positioner.

'A' accumulator level increasing.

SAT __ _ UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Acknowledges alarm and determines

'A' accumulator pressure is high. SAT UNSAT Page 70/10 * *

  • STEP: 7 CUES:

a .ee.2r

_________________________

.. CR SEQ No Yes Align Hydro Test Pump discharge to 'A' accumulator.

COMMENTS:

STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Commence filling 'A' accumulator.

COiUMENTS:

STEP: 9 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Acknowledge ACCUM A PRESS HilLa annunciator.

COMMENTS:

MOl/day, ./tme 21, 1009 STEP STANDARD:

PVT-8878A, A FILL FR HYDRO PP, red light ON and green light OFF. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, slowly closed using positioner.

'A' accumulator level increasing.

SAT __ _ UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Acknowledges alarm and determines

'A' accumulator pressure is high. SAT UNSAT Page 70/10

  • STEP: 10 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Secures filling operation.

COMMENTS:

STEP: 11 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Ensures Accumuator Nitrogen vent is closed. STEP STANDARD:

HCV-947 positioner indicates 100% and Hydro Test pump indicates red light OFF, green light ON or PVT-8860 and 8878A indicate red light OFF, green light ON .. SAT __ _ UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

HCV-936 positioner indicates 0%. COMMENTS:

SAT *

  • STEP: 12 CUES: .------------------------------------.
  • Evaluator (as CRS) directs the NROATC to reduce 'A' accumulator pressure to 620 psig. Should

COMMENTS:

MOllday. JUlie 22. 1009 STEP STANDARD:

PVT-8875A indicates red light ON, green light OFF; HCV-936 slowly opened to reduce 'A' accumulator pressure.

SAT UNSAT Page 8 of 10

  • STEP: 10 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Secures filling operation.

COMMENTS:

STEP: 11 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Ensures Accumuator Nitrogen vent is closed. STEP STANDARD:

HCV-947 positioner indicates 100% and Hydro Test pump indicates red light OFF, green light ON or PVT-8860 and 8878A indicate red light OFF, green light ON .. SAT __ _ UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

HCV-936 positioner indicates 0%. COMMENTS:

SAT *

  • STEP: 12 CUES: .------------------------------------.
  • Evaluator (as CRS) directs the NROATC to reduce 'A' accumulator pressure to 620 psig. Should

COMMENTS:

MOllday. JUlie 22. 1009 STEP STANDARD:

PVT-8875A indicates red light ON, green light OFF; HCV-936 slowly opened to reduce 'A' accumulator pressure.

SAT UNSAT Page 8 of 10

  • STEP: 13 CL'ES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Secures venting of 'A' accumulator.

Examiner ends JPM at this point. *

  • Jfollday.

Jlllle 21. 1009 STEP STANDARD:

HCV-936 positioner indicates 0%, 'A' accumulator pressure 600-656 psig, PVT-8875A indicates red light OFF, green light ON. SAT UNSAT Page 9(}/ 10

  • STEP: 13 CL'ES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Secures venting of 'A' accumulator.

Examiner ends JPM at this point. *

  • Jfollday.

Jlllle 21. 1009 STEP STANDARD:

HCV-936 positioner indicates 0%, 'A' accumulator pressure 600-656 psig, PVT-8875A indicates red light OFF, green light ON. SAT UNSAT Page 9(}/ 10

  • *
  • JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPSF-058A DESCRIPTION:

FILL AN ECCS ACCUMULATOR (WI HIGH PRESSURE ALARM & NO FURTHER ACTION) IC SET: 10 INSTRUCTIONS:

1. RUN 2. Drain 'A' ECCS Accumulator by: LOA-AUX023 SEVERITY=1 (Drain 'A' accumulator to RCDT) 3. When ACCUM A LVL HI/LO annunciator alarms and 'A' accumulator level <65% LOA-AUX023 SEVERITY=O
4. Increase 'A' Accumulator pressure to 645 psig by: VLV-SI036P VLV-SI024P SEVERITY=100 SEVERITY=100 (XVT-8880 N2 SUP TO ACCUM) (XVT-8875A ACCUM A N2 SUP VLV) When 'A' Accumulator pressure reaches 645 psig: VLV-SI024P VLV-SI036P SEVERITY=O SEVERITY=O Then DELETE these two commands to allow operation on the simulator.
5. FREEZE 6. When student is ready RUN. 7. When requested for filling accumuator, activate:

LOA-AUX009 LOA-AUX043 COMMENTS:

SEVERITY=1 SELECT=RACK IN MOllday. Jlllle 21. 1009 (Open Hydro Test Pump discharge valve) (Rack in Hydro Test Pump breaker) Page 100fl0 * *

  • JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPSF-058A DESCRIPTION:

FILL AN ECCS ACCUMULATOR (WI HIGH PRESSURE ALARM & NO FURTHER ACTION) IC SET: 10 INSTRUCTIONS:

1. RUN 2. Drain 'A' ECCS Accumulator by: LOA-AUX023 SEVERITY=1 (Drain 'A' accumulator to RCDT) 3. When ACCUM A LVL HI/LO annunciator alarms and 'A' accumulator level <65% LOA-AUX023 SEVERITY=O
4. Increase 'A' Accumulator pressure to 645 psig by: VLV-SI036P VLV-SI024P SEVERITY=100 SEVERITY=100 (XVT-8880 N2 SUP TO ACCUM) (XVT-8875A ACCUM A N2 SUP VLV) When 'A' Accumulator pressure reaches 645 psig: VLV-SI024P VLV-SI036P SEVERITY=O SEVERITY=O Then DELETE these two commands to allow operation on the simulator.
5. FREEZE 6. When student is ready RUN. 7. When requested for filling accumuator, activate:

LOA-AUX009 LOA-AUX043 COMMENTS:

SEVERITY=1 SELECT=RACK IN MOllday. Jlllle 21. 1009 (Open Hydro Test Pump discharge valve) (Rack in Hydro Test Pump breaker) Page 100fl0 JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDERA.

T10NS: INITl4.L CONDITION:

The "ACCUM A LVL HI/LO* annunciator (XCP-611, pt 1-2) is in alarm due to low level. INITIA TING CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to respond to the annunciator per the ARP and raise 'A' accumulator level to clear the alarm. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. MOllday * .lillie 11. 1009 JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDERA.

T10NS: INITl4.L CONDITION:

The "ACCUM A LVL HI/LO* annunciator (XCP-611, pt 1-2) is in alarm due to low level. INITIA TING CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to respond to the annunciator per the ARP and raise 'A' accumulator level to clear the alarm. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. MOllday * .lillie 11. 1009

  • *
  • ACCUMA LVL HI/LO PROBABLE CAUSE: SETPOINT:

Hi -88.6% Lo -65.6% 1. Accumulator A over or under filled. 2. Valve leakage or misalignment.

3. Accumulator discharge into RCS. 4. Accumulator leak. 5. Instrument failure. AUTOMATIC ACTIONS: 1. None. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS: ARP-001 REVISION 6 PANEL XCP-611 ANNUNCIATOR POINT 1-2 ORIGIN: ILB00920A ILB00920B ILB00922A ILB00922B
1. 2. 3. Verify Accumulator A level on U-920 and U-922, LEVEL %. Refer to SOP-112, for raising or lowering Accumulator water level. Verify proper Accumulator valve alignment per SOP-112. SUPPLEMENTAL ACTIONS: 1. Refer to Technical Specification 3.5.1 for operating limitations.
2. Monitor water level to ensure that the problem does not re-occur.

REFERENCES:

1. B-804-611, Sh. 1. 2. B-208-095, SI-80. 3. V.C. Summer Technical Specifications.
4. SOP-112. 5. 1MS-51-161 . PAGE 3 OF 13 * *
  • ACCUMA LVL HI/LO PROBABLE CAUSE: SETPOINT:

Hi -88.6% Lo -65.6% 1. Accumulator A over or under filled. 2. Valve leakage or misalignment.

3. Accumulator discharge into RCS. 4. Accumulator leak. 5. Instrument failure. AUTOMATIC ACTIONS: 1. None. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS: ARP-001 REVISION 6 PANEL XCP-611 ANNUNCIATOR POINT 1-2 ORIGIN: ILB00920A ILB00920B ILB00922A ILB00922B
1. 2. 3. Verify Accumulator A level on U-920 and U-922, LEVEL %. Refer to SOP-112, for raising or lowering Accumulator water level. Verify proper Accumulator valve alignment per SOP-112. SUPPLEMENTAL ACTIONS: 1. Refer to Technical Specification 3.5.1 for operating limitations.
2. Monitor water level to ensure that the problem does not re-occur.

REFERENCES:

1. B-804-611, Sh. 1. 2. B-208-095, SI-80. 3. V.C. Summer Technical Specifications.
4. SOP-112. 5. 1MS-51-161 . PAGE 3 OF 13
  • *
  • IV. INFREQUENT OPERATIONS SOP-112 REVISION 17 A. RAISING ACCUMULATOR WATER LEVEL 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS D 1.1 A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-100.3.

D 1.2 The RWST is operable per V.C. Summer Technical Specification 3.5.4. CAUTION 2.0 When raising an Accumulator level, the other Accumulator levels should be monitored to verify that they are not changing.

2.0 INSTRUCTIONS D 2.1 Open the following (AB-388):

a. XVT08932-SI, HYDRO PUMP SUCTION VALVE. b. XVT08967-SI, HYDRO PUMP DISCH VALVE. D 2.2 Verify HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, is open. D 2.3 Rack in XSW1A3 030, HYDRO TEST PUMP XPP0036-SI.

CAUTION 2.4 The Hydro Test Pump should not be operated in the recirculation mode for more than 15 minutes to avoid pump heatup. D 2.4 Start the HYDRO PUMP. (PEER,r) D 2.5 Open PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH . PAGE 3 OF 30 * *

  • IV. INFREQUENT OPERATIONS SOP-112 REVISION 17 A. RAISING ACCUMULATOR WATER LEVEL 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS D 1.1 A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-100.3.

D 1.2 The RWST is operable per V.C. Summer Technical Specification 3.5.4. CAUTION 2.0 When raising an Accumulator level, the other Accumulator levels should be monitored to verify that they are not changing.

2.0 INSTRUCTIONS D 2.1 Open the following (AB-388):

a. XVT08932-SI, HYDRO PUMP SUCTION VALVE. b. XVT08967-SI, HYDRO PUMP DISCH VALVE. D 2.2 Verify HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, is open. D 2.3 Rack in XSW1A3 030, HYDRO TEST PUMP XPP0036-SI.

CAUTION 2.4 The Hydro Test Pump should not be operated in the recirculation mode for more than 15 minutes to avoid pump heatup. D 2.4 Start the HYDRO PUMP. (PEER,r) D 2.5 Open PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH . PAGE 3 OF 30

  • *
  • SOP-112 REVISION 17 2.6 To raise level in an Accumulator, proceed as follows: o a. Open PVT-8878A(S)(C), A(S)(C) FILL FR HYDRO PP. (PEER,r) CAUTION 2.6.b If Accumulator pressure increases to 656 psig, the filling operation should be secured and pressure reduced per Section IV. 0 0 0 02.7 02.8 02.9 02.10 b. Slowly close HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, to raise Accumulator level to between 66% and 88%. c. When the desired level has been reached, open HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV. d. Close PVT-8878A(S)(C), A(S)(C) FILL FR HYDRO PP. If more than one accumulator is to be filled, return to Step 2.6. Place PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH, to CLOSE/AUTO.

Stop the HYDRO PUMP . Rack out XSW1A3 030, HYDRO TEST PUMP XPP0036-SI.

2.11 Close the following (AS-388):

o o a. b. XVT08967-SI, HYDRO PUMP DISCH VALVE. XVT08932-SI, HYDRO PUMP SUCTION VALVE. NOTE 2.12 If Accumulator level was increased by ten percent or more (of MCS indication), Chemistry must sample and verify the boron concentration within six hours after the volume increase per Technical Specification Surveillance 4.5.1.1.b.

o 2.12 If level is raised ten percent or greater, have Chemistry sample the Accumulator boric acid concentration.

END OF SECTION PAGE 4 OF 30 * *

  • SOP-112 REVISION 17 2.6 To raise level in an Accumulator, proceed as follows: o a. Open PVT-8878A(S)(C), A(S)(C) FILL FR HYDRO PP. (PEER,r) CAUTION 2.6.b If Accumulator pressure increases to 656 psig, the filling operation should be secured and pressure reduced per Section IV. 0 0 0 02.7 02.8 02.9 02.10 b. Slowly close HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV, to raise Accumulator level to between 66% and 88%. c. When the desired level has been reached, open HCV-947, HYDRO PP RECIRC VLV. d. Close PVT-8878A(S)(C), A(S)(C) FILL FR HYDRO PP. If more than one accumulator is to be filled, return to Step 2.6. Place PVT-8860, HYDRO PP DISCH, to CLOSE/AUTO.

Stop the HYDRO PUMP . Rack out XSW1A3 030, HYDRO TEST PUMP XPP0036-SI.

2.11 Close the following (AS-388):

o o a. b. XVT08967-SI, HYDRO PUMP DISCH VALVE. XVT08932-SI, HYDRO PUMP SUCTION VALVE. NOTE 2.12 If Accumulator level was increased by ten percent or more (of MCS indication), Chemistry must sample and verify the boron concentration within six hours after the volume increase per Technical Specification Surveillance 4.5.1.1.b.

o 2.12 If level is raised ten percent or greater, have Chemistry sample the Accumulator boric acid concentration.

END OF SECTION PAGE 4 OF 30

  • *
  • D. LOWERING ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS o 1.1 None. CAUTION 2.0 SOP-112 REVISION 17 When lowering accumulator pressure, the other accumulator pressures should be monitored to verify that they are not changing.

2.0 INSTRUCTIONS 02.1 Ensure HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT, is closed. o 2.2 Open PVT-8875A(8)(C), N2 TO A(8)(C). (PEER'() o 2.3 Slowly open HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT, to reduce accumulator pressure to the desired pressure . o 2.4 When the desired pressure has been reached, close HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT. o 2.5 Close PVT-8875A(8)(C), N2 TO A(8)(C). END OF SECTION PAGE 8 OF 30 * *

  • D. LOWERING ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS o 1.1 None. CAUTION 2.0 SOP-112 REVISION 17 When lowering accumulator pressure, the other accumulator pressures should be monitored to verify that they are not changing.

2.0 INSTRUCTIONS 02.1 Ensure HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT, is closed. o 2.2 Open PVT-8875A(8)(C), N2 TO A(8)(C). (PEER'() o 2.3 Slowly open HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT, to reduce accumulator pressure to the desired pressure . o 2.4 When the desired pressure has been reached, close HCV-936, ACCUM N2 VENT. o 2.5 Close PVT-8875A(8)(C), N2 TO A(8)(C). END OF SECTION PAGE 8 OF 30

  • *
  • V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPS-0688 SHIFT COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS (W/O TRANSFER IN-SERVICE CHARGING PUMP) APPROVAL:

WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/17/2009 REV NO: 0 CA NDIDATE: EXAMINER:

THIS JPM IS APPROVED Monday. June 12, 2009 6 . P{/ge I of 10 * *

  • V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPS-0688 SHIFT COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS (W/O TRANSFER IN-SERVICE CHARGING PUMP) APPROVAL:

WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/17/2009 REV NO: 0 CA NDIDATE: EXAMINER:

THIS JPM IS APPROVED Monday. June 12, 2009 6 . P{/ge I of 10

  • *
  • TASK: 008-021-01-01 SWITCH COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS TASK STANDARD:

The'S' CCW pump is supplying non-essential loads in slow speed. CCW flow to non-essentials is not interrupted. "CO CCW is aligned to "S" Train. 'S' charging pump is running. 'A' Train CCW is aligned to essential loads. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.

TERMINA TING CUE: "S" CCW pump running in slow speed supplying non-essential loads. PREFERRED EVALUA TION LOCA TION SIMULATOR

REFERENCES:

SOP-118 PREFERRED EJ<4LUA TION METHOD PERFORM COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM INDEX NO. 008000A408 KIA NO. A4.08 CCW pump control switch RO 3.1 SRO 2.8 TOOLS: SOP-118 EVALUATION TIlIJE 15 TIM.E CRITICAL No JOCFR55: 45(a)8 TIME START: TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME: PERFORMANCE RA TING: SAT: UNSAT: E.YAIJnNER:

SIGNATURE DATE i'lfonduy.

Jllne 11, 1009 Page 2 off(} * *

  • TASK: 008-021-01-01 SWITCH COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS TASK STANDARD:

The'S' CCW pump is supplying non-essential loads in slow speed. CCW flow to non-essentials is not interrupted. "CO CCW is aligned to "S" Train. 'S' charging pump is running. 'A' Train CCW is aligned to essential loads. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.

TERMINA TING CUE: "S" CCW pump running in slow speed supplying non-essential loads. PREFERRED EVALUA TION LOCA TION SIMULATOR

REFERENCES:

SOP-118 PREFERRED EJ<4LUA TION METHOD PERFORM COMPONENT COOLING SYSTEM INDEX NO. 008000A408 KIA NO. A4.08 CCW pump control switch RO 3.1 SRO 2.8 TOOLS: SOP-118 EVALUATION TIlIJE 15 TIM.E CRITICAL No JOCFR55: 45(a)8 TIME START: TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME: PERFORMANCE RA TING: SAT: UNSAT: E.YAIJnNER:

SIGNATURE DATE i'lfonduy.

Jllne 11, 1009 Page 2 off(}

  • *
  • INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR RE4D TO OPERATOR:

WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: INITIAL CONDITION:

The plant is in Mode 1. "A" Train CCW is the active loop with "A" CCW pump running in slow speed. INITIA TlNG CUES: CRS directs NROATC to perform an active CCW loop switch over to "B" Train for "Aft Train maintenance per SOP-118, Section IIIB. Perform only actions up to Step 2.4.h. HAND JP.W BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TIME! .Uonday. June 21. 1009 Puge3 olIO * *

  • INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR RE4D TO OPERATOR:

WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: INITIAL CONDITION:

The plant is in Mode 1. "A" Train CCW is the active loop with "A" CCW pump running in slow speed. INITIA TlNG CUES: CRS directs NROATC to perform an active CCW loop switch over to "B" Train for "Aft Train maintenance per SOP-118, Section IIIB. Perform only actions up to Step 2.4.h. HAND JP.W BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TIME! .Uonday. June 21. 1009 Puge3 olIO

  • *
  • STEPS CUES: CR SEQ No No STEP: Place XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C), standby pump in OFF. COMltJENTS:

STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Places the control switch for XPP-58B, CCBP B, in OFF. SAT .. .. UNSAT .EVALUATOR NOTE: Note 2.2 is N/A since PUMP C is not the only operable pump in the off-going

  • * 'oop. *EVALUATOR NOTE: Step 2.2.a is N/A since PUMP A is not the standby pump in the off-going

__________________________

! CR SEQ No Yes Places XPP-001C, PUMP C, TRAIN A and TRAIN B ('C' CCW pump) in LOCK. COMMENTS:

STEP: 3 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Places 'C' CCW pump Train A and Train B switch in PULL-TO-LOCK.

SAT UNSAT 1------------------------------------

  • Booth operator initiates batch file CCCW2B. After amber "B SELECTED" light comes on for the 'C' *
  • CCW pump Transfer Switch on 'B' Train; as the Auxiliary Operator, booth operator reports * ,YB.Js f£,r

!!:! t!!e 01'

______ .. CR SEQ No No Align XPP-001 C, PUMP C, to Train B per Attachment VB with the exception of racking in XSWIDB-II, CC PUMP C XPP0001C-CC.

COMMENTS: ,Honday. June 22. 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Directs AO to align 'C' CCW pump to the 'B'loop. AO completes Attachment VB of SOP-118. SAT UNSAT Puge 5 oj 10 * *

  • STEPS CUES: CR SEQ No No STEP: Place XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C), standby pump in OFF. COMltJENTS:

STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Places the control switch for XPP-58B, CCBP B, in OFF. SAT .. .. UNSAT .EVALUATOR NOTE: Note 2.2 is N/A since PUMP C is not the only operable pump in the off-going

  • * 'oop. *EVALUATOR NOTE: Step 2.2.a is N/A since PUMP A is not the standby pump in the off-going

__________________________

! CR SEQ No Yes Places XPP-001C, PUMP C, TRAIN A and TRAIN B ('C' CCW pump) in LOCK. COMMENTS:

STEP: 3 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Places 'C' CCW pump Train A and Train B switch in PULL-TO-LOCK.

SAT UNSAT 1------------------------------------

  • Booth operator initiates batch file CCCW2B. After amber "B SELECTED" light comes on for the 'C' *
  • CCW pump Transfer Switch on 'B' Train; as the Auxiliary Operator, booth operator reports * ,YB.Js f£,r

!!:! t!!e 01'

______ .. CR SEQ No No Align XPP-001 C, PUMP C, to Train B per Attachment VB with the exception of racking in XSWIDB-II, CC PUMP C XPP0001C-CC.

COMMENTS: ,Honday. June 22. 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Directs AO to align 'C' CCW pump to the 'B'loop. AO completes Attachment VB of SOP-118. SAT UNSAT Puge 5 oj 10

  • *
  • STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Ensure MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S, (CCW to the'S' RHR heat exchanger) is open. (This is the start of Step 2.4)

STEP: 5 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Verifies MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S open with indication of red light ON and green light OFF. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.

______________________

.. CR SEQ Yes Yes Start the "S" CCW Pump in slow speed: XPP-0001 S, PUMP S COMMENTS:

STEP: 6 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Starts'S' CCW Pump running in slow speed with red indicating light ON and green light OFF. Notes that starting amps decay to normal running current. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.

  • Examinee should request a peer check. Per CAUTION 2.3.c and 2.3.d (SOP-11B, ilLS): Failure to *
  • complete Step 2.3.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger Flow will result in a *
  • Ioss of flow through the running CCW Pump or excessive flow perturbations in the CCW .essentialloo
p. *NOTE TO EVALUATOR:

Steps 6 -B of this JPM will be performed concurrently in rapid *succession.

CR SEQ Yes Yes Start MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S, stroking in the closed direction.

COMJfENTS:

Monday * .!lIne 21, 2009 STEP STANDARD:

Places control switch for MVS-9503S in CLOSE. Observes valve in mid-position.

SAT UNS.1T Page 6 of 10 * *

  • STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Ensure MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S, (CCW to the'S' RHR heat exchanger) is open. (This is the start of Step 2.4)

STEP: 5 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Verifies MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S open with indication of red light ON and green light OFF. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.

______________________

.. CR SEQ Yes Yes Start the "S" CCW Pump in slow speed: XPP-0001 S, PUMP S COMMENTS:

STEP: 6 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Starts'S' CCW Pump running in slow speed with red indicating light ON and green light OFF. Notes that starting amps decay to normal running current. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.

  • Examinee should request a peer check. Per CAUTION 2.3.c and 2.3.d (SOP-11B, ilLS): Failure to *
  • complete Step 2.3.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger Flow will result in a *
  • Ioss of flow through the running CCW Pump or excessive flow perturbations in the CCW .essentialloo
p. *NOTE TO EVALUATOR:

Steps 6 -B of this JPM will be performed concurrently in rapid *succession.

CR SEQ Yes Yes Start MVS-9503S, CC TO RHR HX S, stroking in the closed direction.

COMJfENTS:

Monday * .!lIne 21, 2009 STEP STANDARD:

Places control switch for MVS-9503S in CLOSE. Observes valve in mid-position.

SAT UNS.1T Page 6 of 10

  • *
  • STEP: 7 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes 1) Open MV8-96878/95258, LP 8 ESSEN LOAD ISOl. 2) Open MV8-95248/95268, LP 8 ESSEN LOAD ISOl. COMMENTS:

STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes 1) Close MV8-9524A19526A, LP A ESSEN LOAD ISOl. 2) Close MV8-9687 Al9525A, LP A ESSEN LOAD ISOl. COMMENTS:

STEP: 9 CUES: CR SEQ Yes No 1) Open MV8-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A. COMMENTS:

Jfonduy. Jlllle 11, Z()09 STEP STANDARD:

When flow, as indicated on FI-7044, HX 8 FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm and 4000 gpm, perform the following in rapid succession: (Align non-essential loads to '8' train CCW.) Places control for MV8-95248/95268 AND MV8-96878/95258, LP 8 NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL to OPEN, with indication of red light ON and green light OFF. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT (Isolate non-essential loads from 'A' train CCW.) Places control switches for MV8* 9524A19526A AND MV8-9687 Al9525A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL to CLOSE, with indication of red light OFF and green light ON. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD: (Align CCW TO 'A' RHR heat exchanger.)

Places control switch for MV8-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A to OPEN with indication of red light ON and green light OFF. SAT lWSAT Puge 7 of 10 * *

  • STEP: 7 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes 1) Open MV8-96878/95258, LP 8 ESSEN LOAD ISOl. 2) Open MV8-95248/95268, LP 8 ESSEN LOAD ISOl. COMMENTS:

STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes 1) Close MV8-9524A19526A, LP A ESSEN LOAD ISOl. 2) Close MV8-9687 Al9525A, LP A ESSEN LOAD ISOl. COMMENTS:

STEP: 9 CUES: CR SEQ Yes No 1) Open MV8-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A. COMMENTS:

Jfonduy. Jlllle 11, Z()09 STEP STANDARD:

When flow, as indicated on FI-7044, HX 8 FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm and 4000 gpm, perform the following in rapid succession: (Align non-essential loads to '8' train CCW.) Places control for MV8-95248/95268 AND MV8-96878/95258, LP 8 NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL to OPEN, with indication of red light ON and green light OFF. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT (Isolate non-essential loads from 'A' train CCW.) Places control switches for MV8* 9524A19526A AND MV8-9687 Al9525A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL to CLOSE, with indication of red light OFF and green light ON. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD: (Align CCW TO 'A' RHR heat exchanger.)

Places control switch for MV8-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A to OPEN with indication of red light ON and green light OFF. SAT lWSAT Puge 7 of 10

  • *
  • CUES: CR SEQ No No STEP: 10 Rack in XSW1DB11, CC PUMP C XPPOOO1C-CC CCW PUMP C to complete Attachment VB ("C" CCW Pump breaker on 'B'train).

COMMENTS:

CUES: CR SEQ No No STEP: 11 Place XPP-0001C, PUMP C, TRAIN B in After-Stop.

COMMENTS:

CUES: CR SEQ No No STEP: 12 Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample flow on RML-2B, CCW Liquid Monitor. COMilfENTS:

Jfonday, .Jllne 22, Z(}09 STEP STANDARD:

Racked up in slow speed. Green light ON. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Places 'C' CCW pump, Train "B" switch in After-Stop.

STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT AO reports greater than 1 gpm flow through RML-2B. SAT UNSAT Page 8 tlf 10 * *

  • CUES: CR SEQ No No STEP: 10 Rack in XSW1DB11, CC PUMP C XPPOOO1C-CC CCW PUMP C to complete Attachment VB ("C" CCW Pump breaker on 'B'train).

COMMENTS:

CUES: CR SEQ No No STEP: 11 Place XPP-0001C, PUMP C, TRAIN B in After-Stop.

COMMENTS:

CUES: CR SEQ No No STEP: 12 Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample flow on RML-2B, CCW Liquid Monitor. COMilfENTS:

Jfonday, .Jllne 22, Z(}09 STEP STANDARD:

Racked up in slow speed. Green light ON. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Places 'C' CCW pump, Train "B" switch in After-Stop.

STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT AO reports greater than 1 gpm flow through RML-2B. SAT UNSAT Page 8 tlf 10

  • *
  • STEP: 13 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Ensure the following valves have not automatically closed due to high flow: 1) MVG-9625, CC TO RB 2) MVG-9626, CC TO RB 3) MVG-9583, FROM XS L TDN HX 4) MVT-9593A(B)(C), FROM RCP A(B)(C)THERM BARR COMMENTS:

Examiner ends JPM at this point. Jlondu),.

June 12, 1009 STEP STANDARD:

The red light is ON and the green light is OFF for all the following:

MVG-9625, MVG-9626, MVG-9583, MVG-9593A,B,&C.

SAT ____ UNSAT Page 90j 10 * *

  • STEP: 13 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Ensure the following valves have not automatically closed due to high flow: 1) MVG-9625, CC TO RB 2) MVG-9626, CC TO RB 3) MVG-9583, FROM XS L TDN HX 4) MVT-9593A(B)(C), FROM RCP A(B)(C)THERM BARR COMMENTS:

Examiner ends JPM at this point. Jlondu),.

June 12, 1009 STEP STANDARD:

The red light is ON and the green light is OFF for all the following:

MVG-9625, MVG-9626, MVG-9583, MVG-9593A,B,&C.

SAT ____ UNSAT Page 90j 10

  • *
  • JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPS-068B DESCRIPTION:

SHIFT COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS (W/O TRANSFER SERVICE CHARGING PUMP) IC SET: 10 or 324 INSTRUCTIONS:

1. INIT 10 2. When student is ready: RUN 3. When AO requested by student to complete Attachment VB of SOP-118, enter the following:

RUN BATCH FILE CCCW2B 4. When requested to activate trigger #30, RACK UP 'C' CCW PUMP BREAKER ON "B" TRAIN COMII-tENTS:

Monda),. June 22, 1009 Page 100110 * *

  • JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPS-068B DESCRIPTION:

SHIFT COMPONENT COOLING WATER TRAINS (W/O TRANSFER SERVICE CHARGING PUMP) IC SET: 10 or 324 INSTRUCTIONS:

1. INIT 10 2. When student is ready: RUN 3. When AO requested by student to complete Attachment VB of SOP-118, enter the following:

RUN BATCH FILE CCCW2B 4. When requested to activate trigger #30, RACK UP 'C' CCW PUMP BREAKER ON "B" TRAIN COMII-tENTS:

Monda),. June 22, 1009 Page 100110 JPil1 BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: INITl4L CONDITION:

The plant is in Mode 1. "A" Train CCW is the active loop with "An CCW pump running in slow speed. INITl4T1NG CUES: CRS directs NROATC to perform an active CCW loop switch over to "B" Train for "A" Train maintenance per SOP-118. Section IIiB. Perform only actions up to Step 2.4.h. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Jfondu),.

June 22, 2009 JPil1 BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: INITl4L CONDITION:

The plant is in Mode 1. "A" Train CCW is the active loop with "An CCW pump running in slow speed. INITl4T1NG CUES: CRS directs NROATC to perform an active CCW loop switch over to "B" Train for "A" Train maintenance per SOP-118. Section IIiB. Perform only actions up to Step 2.4.h. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Jfondu),.

June 22, 2009

  • *
  • B. ACTIVE LOOP SWITCHOVER 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS SOP-118 REVISION 17 D 1.1 A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-1 00.3, Human Performance Tools. D 1.2 Service Water is supplying cooling to the Component Cooling Heat Exchangers per SOP-117 . PAGE 5 OF 82 * *
  • B. ACTIVE LOOP SWITCHOVER 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS SOP-118 REVISION 17 D 1.1 A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-1 00.3, Human Performance Tools. D 1.2 Service Water is supplying cooling to the Component Cooling Heat Exchangers per SOP-117 . PAGE 5 OF 82
  • *
  • CAUTION 2.0 SOP-118 REVISION 17 a. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is aligned to either loop electrically, the following conditions must be met for automatic start of one of the pumps in the particular loop following an SI or Blackout:
b. 1) For XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), to start: a) XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), Switch must be in After-Start, or b) XPP-0001C, PUMP C, Breaker must be racked down. 2) For XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to start: a) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, Switch must be in After-Start, or b) XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), Breaker must be racked down. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is not operating and is aligned electrically to the non-operating loop, that loop is inoperable . 2.0 INSTRUCTIONS o 2.1 Place XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C), standby pump in OFF. NOTE 2.2 If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the only operable pump in the off going active loop, Step 2.2 should be omitted. o o o 2.2 Align XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to the oncoming active loop as follows: a. If XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), is the standby pump in the off going active loop, perform the following:
b. 1 ) 2) Start XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B). (PEER,./)

Stop XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A (TRAIN B). Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A and TRAIN B, in PULL TO LOCK. PAGE 6 OF 82 CHG o * *

  • CAUTION 2.0 SOP-118 REVISION 17 a. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is aligned to either loop electrically, the following conditions must be met for automatic start of one of the pumps in the particular loop following an SI or Blackout:
b. 1) For XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), to start: a) XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), Switch must be in After-Start, or b) XPP-0001C, PUMP C, Breaker must be racked down. 2) For XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to start: a) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, Switch must be in After-Start, or b) XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), Breaker must be racked down. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is not operating and is aligned electrically to the non-operating loop, that loop is inoperable . 2.0 INSTRUCTIONS o 2.1 Place XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C), standby pump in OFF. NOTE 2.2 If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the only operable pump in the off going active loop, Step 2.2 should be omitted. o o o 2.2 Align XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to the oncoming active loop as follows: a. If XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B), is the standby pump in the off going active loop, perform the following:
b. 1 ) 2) Start XPP-0001A(B), PUMP A(B). (PEER,./)

Stop XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A (TRAIN B). Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A and TRAIN B, in PULL TO LOCK. PAGE 6 OF 82 CHG o

  • *
  • SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.2 continued o o o c. Perform one of the following:
1) Align XPP-0001C, PUMP C, to Train A per Attachment VA with the exception of racking in XSW1 DA 07, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC. 2) Align XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to Train B per Attachment VB with the exception of racking in XSW1 DB 11, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC. 2.3 Establish Train A as the active loop as follows: a. b. Ensure MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A, is open. Start one of the following in slow speed: (PEER,r) 1) 2) XPP-0001 A, PUMP A. XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN A. CAUTION 2.3.c and 2.3.d Failure to complete Step 2.3.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger flow will result in a loss of flow through the running CCW Pump or excessive flow perturbations in the CCW non-essential loop. o o o o o o c. Start MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A, stroking in the closed direction. (PEER ,r) d. When flow, as indicated on FI-7034, HX A FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm and 4000 gpm, perform the following in rapid succession: 1 ) 2) 3) 4) 5) Open MVB-9687 Al9525A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. Open MVB-9524A19526A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. Close MVB-9524B/9526B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. Close MVB-9687B/9525B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. Open MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B. PAGE 7 OF 82 * *
  • SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.2 continued o o o c. Perform one of the following:
1) Align XPP-0001C, PUMP C, to Train A per Attachment VA with the exception of racking in XSW1 DA 07, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC. 2) Align XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, to Train B per Attachment VB with the exception of racking in XSW1 DB 11, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC. 2.3 Establish Train A as the active loop as follows: a. b. Ensure MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A, is open. Start one of the following in slow speed: (PEER,r) 1) 2) XPP-0001 A, PUMP A. XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN A. CAUTION 2.3.c and 2.3.d Failure to complete Step 2.3.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger flow will result in a loss of flow through the running CCW Pump or excessive flow perturbations in the CCW non-essential loop. o o o o o o c. Start MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A, stroking in the closed direction. (PEER ,r) d. When flow, as indicated on FI-7034, HX A FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm and 4000 gpm, perform the following in rapid succession: 1 ) 2) 3) 4) 5) Open MVB-9687 Al9525A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. Open MVB-9524A19526A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. Close MVB-9524B/9526B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. Close MVB-9687B/9525B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. Open MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B. PAGE 7 OF 82
  • *
  • SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.3 continued D D D D D D D D D D D D e. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the standby pump on Train A, perform the following:
f. g. h. i. 1 ) 2) Rack in XSW1DA 07, CC PUMP C XPP0001C-CC to complete Attachment VA. Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A, in After-Stop.

Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample flow on RML0002A, LIQUID RAD MON COMPONENT COOLING (IB-412).

Ensure the following valves have not automatically closed due to high flow: 1) MVG-9625, CC TO RB. 2) MVG-9626, CC TO RB. 3) MVG-9583, FROM XS L TON HX . 4) MVT-9593A(B)(C), FROM RCP A(B)(C) THERM BARR. Transfer the inservice Charging Pump to Train A per SOP-1 02. Stop the running Train B Component Cooling Water Pump in the off going active loop: 1) XPP-0001B, PUMP B. 2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN B. j. Ensure XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C) are aligned as follows (MCB): 1 ) 2) 3) One pump is in AUTO and operating.

One pump is in AUTO and not operating.

One pump is in OFF. PAGE 8 OF 82 * *

  • SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.3 continued D D D D D D D D D D D D e. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the standby pump on Train A, perform the following:
f. g. h. i. 1 ) 2) Rack in XSW1DA 07, CC PUMP C XPP0001C-CC to complete Attachment VA. Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN A, in After-Stop.

Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample flow on RML0002A, LIQUID RAD MON COMPONENT COOLING (IB-412).

Ensure the following valves have not automatically closed due to high flow: 1) MVG-9625, CC TO RB. 2) MVG-9626, CC TO RB. 3) MVG-9583, FROM XS L TON HX . 4) MVT-9593A(B)(C), FROM RCP A(B)(C) THERM BARR. Transfer the inservice Charging Pump to Train A per SOP-1 02. Stop the running Train B Component Cooling Water Pump in the off going active loop: 1) XPP-0001B, PUMP B. 2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN B. j. Ensure XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C) are aligned as follows (MCB): 1 ) 2) 3) One pump is in AUTO and operating.

One pump is in AUTO and not operating.

One pump is in OFF. PAGE 8 OF 82

  • *
  • o o 2.4 Establish Train B as the active loop as follows: a. Ensure MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B, is open. SOP-118 REVISION 17 b. Start one of the following in slow speed: (PEER "") 1 ) XPP-0001 B, PUMP B. 2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN B. CAUTION 2.4.c and 2.4.d Failure to complete Step 2.4.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger flow will result in a loss of flow through the running CCW Pump or excessive flow perturbations in the CCW non-essential loop. 0 c. Start MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B, stroking in the closed direction. (PEER "") d . When flow, as indicated on FI-7044, HX B FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm and 4000 gpm, perform the following in rapid succession:

0 1) Open MVB-9687B/9525B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. 0 2) Open MVB-9524B/9526B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. 0 3) Close MVB-9524A19526A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. 0 4) Close MVB-9687 Al9525A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. 0 5) Open MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A. e. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the standby pump on Train B, perform the following:

0 1 ) Rack in XSW1 DB 11, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC CCW PUMP C to complete Attachment VB. 0 2) Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN B in After-Stop.

0 f. Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample flow on RMLOO02B, LIQUID RAD MON COMPONENT COOLING (IB-412) . PAGE 9 OF 82 * *

  • o o 2.4 Establish Train B as the active loop as follows: a. Ensure MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B, is open. SOP-118 REVISION 17 b. Start one of the following in slow speed: (PEER "") 1 ) XPP-0001 B, PUMP B. 2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN B. CAUTION 2.4.c and 2.4.d Failure to complete Step 2.4.d in a timely manner after reducing RHR Heat Exchanger flow will result in a loss of flow through the running CCW Pump or excessive flow perturbations in the CCW non-essential loop. 0 c. Start MVB-9503B, CC TO RHR HX B, stroking in the closed direction. (PEER "") d . When flow, as indicated on FI-7044, HX B FLOW GPM, is between 5000 gpm and 4000 gpm, perform the following in rapid succession:

0 1) Open MVB-9687B/9525B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. 0 2) Open MVB-9524B/9526B, LP B NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. 0 3) Close MVB-9524A19526A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. 0 4) Close MVB-9687 Al9525A, LP A NON-ESSEN LOAD ISOL. 0 5) Open MVB-9503A, CC TO RHR HX A. e. If XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, is the standby pump on Train B, perform the following:

0 1 ) Rack in XSW1 DB 11, CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC CCW PUMP C to complete Attachment VB. 0 2) Place XPP-0001 C, PUMP C, TRAIN B in After-Stop.

0 f. Locally verify greater than 1 gpm sample flow on RMLOO02B, LIQUID RAD MON COMPONENT COOLING (IB-412) . PAGE 9 OF 82

  • *
  • SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.4 continued D D D D D D D D D OA D 2.5 9741 g. Ensure the following valves have not automatically closed due to high flow: h. i. j. 1 ) 2) 3) 4) MVG-9625, CC TO RB. MVG-9626, CC TO RB. MVG-9583, FROM XS L TDN HX. MVT-9593A(B)(C), FROM RCP A(B)(C) THERM BARR. Transfer the inservice Charging Pump to Train B per SOP-1 02. Stop the running Train A Component Cooling Water Pump in the off going active loop: 1) XPP-0001A, PUMP A. 2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN A. Ensure XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C) are aligned as follows (MCB): 1) 2) 3) One pump is in AUTO and operating.

One pump is in AUTO and not operating.

One pump is in OFF. Place the CCW/CHG pump warning tag on the running Component Cooling Water Pump Switch. END OF SECTION PAGE 10 OF 82 * *

  • SOP-118 REVISION 17 Step 2.4 continued D D D D D D D D D OA D 2.5 9741 g. Ensure the following valves have not automatically closed due to high flow: h. i. j. 1 ) 2) 3) 4) MVG-9625, CC TO RB. MVG-9626, CC TO RB. MVG-9583, FROM XS L TDN HX. MVT-9593A(B)(C), FROM RCP A(B)(C) THERM BARR. Transfer the inservice Charging Pump to Train B per SOP-1 02. Stop the running Train A Component Cooling Water Pump in the off going active loop: 1) XPP-0001A, PUMP A. 2) XPP-0001 C, PUMP C TRAIN A. Ensure XPP-58A(B)(C), CCBP A(B)(C) are aligned as follows (MCB): 1) 2) 3) One pump is in AUTO and operating.

One pump is in AUTO and not operating.

One pump is in OFF. Place the CCW/CHG pump warning tag on the running Component Cooling Water Pump Switch. END OF SECTION PAGE 10 OF 82

  • *
  • Persons completing checklist (print) Initials SOP-118 ATTACHMENT VB PAGE 1 OF 2 REVISION 17 COMPONENT COOLING PUMP C TO TRAIN B LINEUP Reviewed by SS/CRS DatelTime Date/Time started / / Date/Time completed

/ ComQonent Cooling PumQ C to Train B LineuQ Initial Conditions Positioning the following components to the REQUIRED POSITION prepares Component Cooling Water Pump C for service aligned to Train B. REQUIRED VERIFIERS COMPONENT DESCRIPTION POSITION INITIALS INITIALS 412' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING XVB09523A-CC LOOP A CC XCONN INLET HEADER CLOSED VALVE XVB09523D-CC LOOP A CC XCONN INLET HEADER CLOSED ISOL VALVE XVB09521-CC LOOP A CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN CLOSED VALVE XVB09522-CC LOOP A CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN CLOSED VALVE XVB09519-CC LOOP B CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN OPEN VALVE XVB09520-CC LOOP B CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN OPEN VALVE XVB09523B-CC LOOP B CC XCONN INLET HEADER OPEN VALVE XVB09523C-CC LOOP B CC XCONN INLET HEADER OPEN ISOL VALVE * *

  • Persons completing checklist (print) Initials SOP-118 ATTACHMENT VB PAGE 1 OF 2 REVISION 17 COMPONENT COOLING PUMP C TO TRAIN B LINEUP Reviewed by SS/CRS DatelTime Date/Time started / / Date/Time completed

/ ComQonent Cooling PumQ C to Train B LineuQ Initial Conditions Positioning the following components to the REQUIRED POSITION prepares Component Cooling Water Pump C for service aligned to Train B. REQUIRED VERIFIERS COMPONENT DESCRIPTION POSITION INITIALS INITIALS 412' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING XVB09523A-CC LOOP A CC XCONN INLET HEADER CLOSED VALVE XVB09523D-CC LOOP A CC XCONN INLET HEADER CLOSED ISOL VALVE XVB09521-CC LOOP A CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN CLOSED VALVE XVB09522-CC LOOP A CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN CLOSED VALVE XVB09519-CC LOOP B CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN OPEN VALVE XVB09520-CC LOOP B CC PUMP C SUCTION XCONN OPEN VALVE XVB09523B-CC LOOP B CC XCONN INLET HEADER OPEN VALVE XVB09523C-CC LOOP B CC XCONN INLET HEADER OPEN ISOL VALVE

  • *
  • OA 9224 COMPONENT XSW1DA 07 XSW1DA 07 CCP XSW1DA 07 TCP XET2001C XET2001C XET2001C XET2001C XSWlOB 11 XSW1DB 11 CCP XSWlOB 11 TCP NOTE 1: NOTE 2: SOP-118 ATTACHMENT VB PAGE 2 OF 2 REVISION 17 Component Cooling Pump C To Train B Lineup (Cont'd) REQUIRED VERIFIERS DESCRIPTION POSITION INITIALS INITIALS XSWlOA(463' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING)

CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC RACKED OUT CLOSING CNTRL POWER OFF XPP0001C-CC (RRP) TRIPPING CNTRL POWER OFF XPP0001C-CC (RRT) XET2001C J436' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING COMP COOLING PUMP "C" SAFETY TRANSFER SWITCHES "Au ("B") LOCKS N/A CHANNEL SOURCE XSWlOA (lOB) REMOVED NOTE 2 COMP COOLING PUMP "C" OPEN TRANSFER SWITCH "Au CHANNEL NOTE 1 SOURCE XSW1 DA COMP COOLING PUMP "c" CLOSED TRANSFER SWITCH "B" CHANNEL NOTE 1 SOURCE XSWlOB COMP COOLING PUMP "C" SAFETY TRANSFER SWITCHES "Au ("B") LOCKS CHANNEL SOURCE XSWlOA (lOB) INSTALLED NOTE 2 XSWlOB (436' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING)

CC PUMP C XPPOOO1C-CC RACKED IN CLOSING CNTRL POWER ON XPP0001C-CC (RRP) TRIPPING CNTRL POWER ON XPP0001C-CC (RRT) When transferring XET-2001 C between trains. both Pump C switches should be in PULL-TO-LOCK. Operations Safety Lock Keys are located as follows: 1) CRS Keybox (CB-463).

2) FEP Keybox (IB-436) . CHG E CHG E * *
  • OA 9224 COMPONENT XSW1DA 07 XSW1DA 07 CCP XSW1DA 07 TCP XET2001C XET2001C XET2001C XET2001C XSWlOB 11 XSW1DB 11 CCP XSWlOB 11 TCP NOTE 1: NOTE 2: SOP-118 ATTACHMENT VB PAGE 2 OF 2 REVISION 17 Component Cooling Pump C To Train B Lineup (Cont'd) REQUIRED VERIFIERS DESCRIPTION POSITION INITIALS INITIALS XSWlOA(463' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING)

CC PUMP C XPP0001 C-CC RACKED OUT CLOSING CNTRL POWER OFF XPP0001C-CC (RRP) TRIPPING CNTRL POWER OFF XPP0001C-CC (RRT) XET2001C (436' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING COMP COOLING PUMP "C" SAFETY TRANSFER SWITCHES "Au ("B") LOCKS N/A CHANNEL SOURCE XSWlOA (lOB) REMOVED NOTE 2 COMP COOLING PUMP "C" OPEN TRANSFER SWITCH "Au CHANNEL NOTE 1 SOURCE XSW1 DA COMP COOLING PUMP "c" CLOSED TRANSFER SWITCH "B" CHANNEL NOTE 1 SOURCE XSWlOB COMP COOLING PUMP "C" SAFETY TRANSFER SWITCHES "Au ("B") LOCKS CHANNEL SOURCE XSWlOA (lOB) INSTALLED NOTE 2 XSWlOB (436' INTERMEDIATE BUILDING)

CC PUMP C XPPOOO1C-CC RACKED IN CLOSING CNTRL POWER ON XPP0001C-CC (RRP) TRIPPING CNTRL POWER ON XPP0001C-CC (RRT) When transferring XET-2001 C between trains. both Pump C switches should be in PULL-TO-LOCK. Operations Safety Lock Keys are located as follows: 1) CRS Keybox (CB-463).

2) FEP Keybox (IB-436) . CHG E CHG E
  • *
  • V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JP;l'f NO: JPSF-065 ESTABLISH HOT LEG INJECTION DURING LOSS OF RHR AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS APPROVAL:

WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/1212009 REVNO: 6 CANDIDATE:

EXAMINER:

THIS JPM IS APPROVED Jfonday. June 22, 1009 Page J 0/9 *

  • V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JP;l'f NO: JPSF-065 ESTABLISH HOT LEG INJECTION DURING LOSS OF RHR AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS APPROVAL:

WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/1212009 REVNO: 6 CANDIDATE:

EXAMINER:

THIS JPM IS APPROVED Jfonday. June 22, 1009 Page J 0/9

  • *
  • TASK: 000-083-05-01 RESPOND TO LOSS OF RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM WHILE AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS TASK STANDARD:

SI flow verified on FI-940, CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW. TERMINATING CUE: SI flow verified on FI-940. PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION SIMULATOR

REFERENCES:

AOP-115.5 KIA NO. PREFERRED EVALUA TlON METHOD PERFORM LOSS OF RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM Vv LOOP CONDITIONS RO INDEX NO. 000025A120 AA 1.20 HPI pump control switch, indicators, 2.6 ammeter running lights, and flow meter SRO 2.5 TOOLS: AOP-115.5 EVALUATION TIME 10 TLtlE CRITICAL No JOCFR55: 45(a)7; 41 ( TIME START: TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME: PERFORMANCE RA TING: SAT: UNSAT: EXAMINER:

SIGNATURE DATE JJonday. June 11, 1009 Page 1 of9 *

  • TASK: 000-083-05-01 RESPOND TO LOSS OF RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM WHILE AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS TASK STANDARD:

SI flow verified on FI-940, CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW. TERMINATING CUE: SI flow verified on FI-940. PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION SIMULATOR

REFERENCES:

AOP-115.5 KIA NO. PREFERRED EVALUA TlON METHOD PERFORM LOSS OF RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM Vv LOOP CONDITIONS RO INDEX NO. 000025A120 AA 1.20 HPI pump control switch, indicators, 2.6 ammeter running lights, and flow meter SRO 2.5 TOOLS: AOP-115.5 EVALUATION TIME 10 TLtlE CRITICAL No JOCFR55: 45(a)7; 41 ( TIME START: TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME: PERFORMANCE RA TING: SAT: UNSAT: EXAMINER:

SIGNATURE DATE JJonday. June 11, 1009 Page 1 of9

  • *
  • INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERA TOR: WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING.

I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS.

WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY.

THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS: INITL4L CONDITION:

The plant is in Mode 5 with RCS at mid-loop conditions and RHR Loop "B" as the inservice loop. Due to lowering hot leg level. the Crew entered AOP-115.1 and transitioned to AOP-115.5.

Present conditions are: -RCS hot leg level is low. -Core Exit TC temperatures are> 200°F and increasing.

INITL4TING CUES: The CRS directs the NROATC to establish hot leg injection in accordance with AOP-115.5.

Attachment

2. HAND JP/U BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TJ/lJE! Monday. June 21, 1009 Page J of9 * *
  • INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERA TOR: WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING.

I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS.

WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY.

THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS: INITL4L CONDITION:

The plant is in Mode 5 with RCS at mid-loop conditions and RHR Loop "B" as the inservice loop. Due to lowering hot leg level. the Crew entered AOP-115.1 and transitioned to AOP-115.5.

Present conditions are: -RCS hot leg level is low. -Core Exit TC temperatures are> 200°F and increasing.

INITL4TING CUES: The CRS directs the NROATC to establish hot leg injection in accordance with AOP-115.5.

Attachment

2. HAND JP/U BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TJ/lJE! Monday. June 21, 1009 Page J of9
  • STEPS STEP: CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Check if a Charging Pump is available.

COMMENTS:

STEP: 2 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Stop any running Charging Pump. STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and determines Charging Pump "S" running; red light ON and green light OFF. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Operator locates and places Charging Pump "S" control switch in STOP; verifies green light ON and red light OFF COM,1-'IENTS:

SAT __ *

  • STEP: 3 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Close MVG-8107 and MVG-8108, CHG LINE ISOL. COMMENTS:
'\,fonday, .June 22, 2009 STEP STANDARD

Operator locates and places MVG-8107 and/or MVG-8108 control switches in CLOSE; verifies green lights ON and red lights OFF. SAT UNSAT Page 5 0[9

  • STEPS STEP: CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Check if a Charging Pump is available.

COMMENTS:

STEP: 2 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Stop any running Charging Pump. STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and determines Charging Pump "S" running; red light ON and green light OFF. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Operator locates and places Charging Pump "S" control switch in STOP; verifies green light ON and red light OFF COM,1-'IENTS:

SAT __ *

  • STEP: 3 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Close MVG-8107 and MVG-8108, CHG LINE ISOL. COMMENTS:
'\,fonday, .June 22, 2009 STEP STANDARD

Operator locates and places MVG-8107 and/or MVG-8108 control switches in CLOSE; verifies green lights ON and red lights OFF. SAT UNSAT Page 5 0[9

  • *
  • STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs: a. Ensure all of the following are closed: -MVG-8885, CHG LP A AL T TO COLD LEGS. COMMENTS:

STEP: 5 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs: a. Ensure all of the following are closed: -MVG-8801A(B), HI HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ. COMMENTS:

STEP: 6 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Open MVG-8884, CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS. COMMENTS:

Monday, Jllne 11, 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and checks MVG-8885 closed; green light ON and red light OFF SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and checks MVG-8801A & B closed; verifies green lights ON and red lights OFF. SAT __ _ UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and places TRN A PWR LCKOUT switch to ON. Operator locates and places MVG-8884 control switch to OPEN; verifies red light ON and green light OFF. SAT UNSAT Page 6 of9 * *

  • STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs: a. Ensure all of the following are closed: -MVG-8885, CHG LP A AL T TO COLD LEGS. COMMENTS:

STEP: 5 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs: a. Ensure all of the following are closed: -MVG-8801A(B), HI HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ. COMMENTS:

STEP: 6 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Open MVG-8884, CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS. COMMENTS:

Monday, Jllne 11, 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and checks MVG-8885 closed; green light ON and red light OFF SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and checks MVG-8801A & B closed; verifies green lights ON and red lights OFF. SAT __ _ UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and places TRN A PWR LCKOUT switch to ON. Operator locates and places MVG-8884 control switch to OPEN; verifies red light ON and green light OFF. SAT UNSAT Page 6 of9

  • *
  • STEP: 7 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Close MVG-81 06, CHG PP, Miniflow Isolation.

COMMENTS:

STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Close MVT-8105, SEAL WTR INJ ISOL. COMMENTS:

STEP: 9 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Start one Charging Pump. COMMENTS:

Honda}', Jllne 12, 2()09 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and places MVG-8106 in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and places MVT -8105 control switch in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF. UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and places Charging Pump "8" control switch in START; verifies red light ON and green light OFF; verifies pump amps normal. SAT UNSAT Page 70/9 * *

  • STEP: 7 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Close MVG-81 06, CHG PP, Miniflow Isolation.

COMMENTS:

STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Close MVT-8105, SEAL WTR INJ ISOL. COMMENTS:

STEP: 9 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Start one Charging Pump. COMMENTS:

Honda}', Jllne 12, 2()09 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and places MVG-8106 in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and places MVT -8105 control switch in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF. UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and places Charging Pump "8" control switch in START; verifies red light ON and green light OFF; verifies pump amps normal. SAT UNSAT Page 70/9

  • *
  • STEP: 10 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify SI flow on FI-940, CHG LOOP A CLO/HOT LG FLOW GPM. Examiner ends JPM at this point. Monda)" Jllne 22, 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and verifies SI flow indicated on FI-940. SAT UNSAT PageS 0/9 * *

  • STEP: 10 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify SI flow on FI-940, CHG LOOP A CLO/HOT LG FLOW GPM. Examiner ends JPM at this point. Monda)" Jllne 22, 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and verifies SI flow indicated on FI-940. SAT UNSAT PageS 0/9

  • *
  • JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPSF-065 DESCRIPTION:

ESTABLISH HOT LEG INJECTION DURING LOSS OF RHR AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS IC SET: 20 INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Activate MAL-RHR (???) RHR Pump Recirc Leak Leak OVR-AA028 SELECT = TRUE ??? 2. RUN 3. Perform actions of AOP-115.1, Step 1. SEVERITY = ???? 4. Perform actions of AOP-115.5, Step 1 and Steps 11 -17. 5. When Core Exit TC temperature is > 200°F, then 6. FREEZE 7. When student is ready: RUN COMMENTS:

Monday. June 21, l()09 Page 90f9 * *

  • JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPSF-065 DESCRIPTION:

ESTABLISH HOT LEG INJECTION DURING LOSS OF RHR AT MID-LOOP CONDITIONS IC SET: 20 INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Activate MAL-RHR (???) RHR Pump Recirc Leak Leak OVR-AA028 SELECT = TRUE ??? 2. RUN 3. Perform actions of AOP-115.1, Step 1. SEVERITY = ???? 4. Perform actions of AOP-115.5, Step 1 and Steps 11 -17. 5. When Core Exit TC temperature is > 200°F, then 6. FREEZE 7. When student is ready: RUN COMMENTS:

Monday. June 21, l()09 Page 90f9 JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:

The plant is in Mode 5 with RCS at mid-loop conditions and RHR Loop "8" as the inservice loop. Due to lowering hot leg level, the Crew entered AOP-115.1 and transitioned to AOP-115.5.

Present conditions are: -RCS hot leg level is low. -Core Exit TC temperatures are> 200°F and increasing.

INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs the NROATC to establish hot leg injection in accordance with AOP-115.5, Attachment

2. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. :l/lmday * ./une 21, 1009 JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:

The plant is in Mode 5 with RCS at mid-loop conditions and RHR Loop "8" as the inservice loop. Due to lowering hot leg level, the Crew entered AOP-115.1 and transitioned to AOP-115.5.

Present conditions are: -RCS hot leg level is low. -Core Exit TC temperatures are> 200°F and increasing.

INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs the NROATC to establish hot leg injection in accordance with AOP-115.5, Attachment

2. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. :l/lmday * ./une 21, 1009 f / * *
  • 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1 OF 3 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if a Charging Pump is 0 1 1£ flQ Charging Pump is available.

available.

THEN GO TO Step 13. Stop running Charging Pump. 0 Close MVG-BI07 and MVG-BI0B.

0 CHG LINE ISOl. Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs: a. Ensure all of the following are closed:

  • MVG-8885.

0 CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS.

  • MVG-8801A(B).

0 HI HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ. b. Open MVG-8884.

0 CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS . c. Close MVG-8106.

CHG PP. 0 Miniflow Isolation.

d. Close MVT-8105.

0 SEAL WTR INJ ISOL. Start one Charging Pump. 0 5 GO TO Step 13. Verify SI flow on FI-940. 0 6 GO TO Step B. CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. GO TO Step 15. 0 Stop running Charging Pump. 0 PAGE 26 OF 39 0 0 0 f / * *

  • 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1 OF 3 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if a Charging Pump is 0 1 1£ flQ Charging Pump is available.

available.

THEN GO TO Step 13. Stop running Charging Pump. 0 Close MVG-BI07 and MVG-BI0B.

0 CHG LINE ISOl. Align Charging Loop A to the RCS Hot Legs: a. Ensure all of the following are closed:

  • MVG-8885.

0 CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS.

  • MVG-8801A(B).

0 HI HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ. b. Open MVG-8884.

0 CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS . c. Close MVG-8106.

CHG PP. 0 Miniflow Isolation.

d. Close MVT-8105.

0 SEAL WTR INJ ISOL. Start one Charging Pump. 0 5 GO TO Step 13. Verify SI flow on FI-940. 0 6 GO TO Step B. CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. GO TO Step 15. 0 Stop running Charging Pump. 0 PAGE 26 OF 39 0 0 0

/ * *

  • ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 3 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 9 Establish Hot leg Injection flow loop B to the RCS: a. Close MVG-8884.

CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS. b. Open MVG-8886.

CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS. ALTERNATIVE ACTION o o 10 Start one Charging Pump. o 10 GO TO Step 13. o 11 Verify SI flow on FI-943. o 11 Stop QDY running Charging Pump. o o CHG lOOP B ClD/HOT lG FLOW GPM. GO TO Step 13. 12 GO TO Step 15. 0 13 Align RHR loop A for gravity feed 13 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Hot legs: from the RWST to the RCS Hot Legs: a. Close MVG-8886 . o CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS. b. Close MVG-8701A and MVG-8702A.

0 RCS LP A TO PUMP A. c. Close MVG-8888A.

0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. d. Close MVG-8887B.

0 RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. e. Open MVG-8809A.

0 RWST TO RHR PP A. f. Open MVG-8889.

0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. g. Ensure HCV-603A.

A OUTLET. is 0 open. h. Ensure FCV-605A.

A BYP. is 0 open . PAGE 27 OF 39 a) Close MVG-8886.

o CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS. b) Close MVG-8701B and MVG-8702B.

0 RCS LP C TO PUMP B. c) Close MVG-8888B.

0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. d) Close MVG-8887A.

0 RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS. e) Open MVG-8809B.

0 RWST TO RHR PP B. f) Open MVG-8889.

0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. g) Ensure HCV-603B.

B OUTLET. is 0 open. h) Ensure FCV-605B.

B BYP. is 0 open. / * *

  • ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 3 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 9 Establish Hot leg Injection flow loop B to the RCS: a. Close MVG-8884.

CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS. b. Open MVG-8886.

CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS. ALTERNATIVE ACTION o o 10 Start one Charging Pump. o 10 GO TO Step 13. o 11 Verify SI flow on FI-943. o 11 Stop QDY running Charging Pump. o o CHG lOOP B ClD/HOT lG FLOW GPM. GO TO Step 13. 12 GO TO Step 15. 0 13 Align RHR loop A for gravity feed 13 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Hot legs: from the RWST to the RCS Hot Legs: a. Close MVG-8886 . o CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS. b. Close MVG-8701A and MVG-8702A.

0 RCS LP A TO PUMP A. c. Close MVG-8888A.

0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. d. Close MVG-8887B.

0 RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. e. Open MVG-8809A.

0 RWST TO RHR PP A. f. Open MVG-8889.

0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. g. Ensure HCV-603A.

A OUTLET. is 0 open. h. Ensure FCV-605A.

A BYP. is 0 open . PAGE 27 OF 39 a) Close MVG-8886.

o CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS. b) Close MVG-8701B and MVG-8702B.

0 RCS LP C TO PUMP B. c) Close MVG-8888B.

0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. d) Close MVG-8887A.

0 RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS. e) Open MVG-8809B.

0 RWST TO RHR PP B. f) Open MVG-8889.

0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. g) Ensure HCV-603B.

B OUTLET. is 0 open. h) Ensure FCV-605B.

B BYP. is 0 open.

  • 14 15 16 *
  • ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 3 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Monitor RCS MIDLOOP LEVEL 14 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level: MONITORING:
  • Sight Glass (local).
  • Vi deo monitor.

Restore RCS Hot Leg level to 0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 19 . PAGE 28 OF 39 0 0

  • 14 15 16 *
  • ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 3 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Monitor RCS MIDLOOP LEVEL 14 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level: MONITORING:
  • Sight Glass (local).
  • Vi deo monitor.

Restore RCS Hot Leg level to 0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 19 . PAGE 28 OF 39 0 0

  • *
  • SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC & GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS MJCLEAR OPERA T IONS COpy N). ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURE AOP-U5.5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) REVISION 5 SAFETY RELATED Original signed by Baker 10106/03 DISCIPLINE SUPERVISOR DATE Original signed by Lippard 10106/03 APPROVAL AUTHORITY DATE RECORD OF CHANGES CHANGt IYPt APPROVAL CANCtLLCU CHANGt IYPt APPROVAL CANCELLED LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE A P 01/09/07 CONTINUOUS USE Continuous Use of Procedure Required.

Read Each Step Prior to Performing.

  • *
  • SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC & GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS MJCLEAR OPERA T IONS COpy N). ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURE AOP-U5.5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) REVISION 5 SAFETY RELATED Original signed by Baker 10106/03 DISCIPLINE SUPERVISOR DATE Original signed by Lippard 10106/03 APPROVAL AUTHORITY DATE RECORD OF CHANGES CHANGE IYPE APPROVAL CANCELLtD CHANGE IYPE APPROVAL CANCt.LLtlJ LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE LETTER CHANGE DATE DATE A P 01/09/07 CONTINUOUS USE Continuous Use of Procedure Required.

Read Each Step Prior to Performing.

DOCUMENTREWEWFORM Document Identification SAP-0139 ATIACHMENT II PAGE 1 OF 2 REVISION 25 Page 1 of __ nr ... ln .. tn .. Name: LATHREN Ext: 55547 Mall Code: 410 Date: 11113/06 Document No.: AOP-115.5 Revision No.: 5 Letter: A Title: LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) X SR O QR 0 NNS Development Process: Permanent: (check one) X Normal Rev/Chg or 0 Editorial Correction KeliiSIlln/tl3sIR for Is the SCOPE of the procedure affected by this change? NO Ii11 Temporary Approval Final approval required by: (30 days) Posit i on Type/Print Name Comments Pos iti on Type/Pr i nt Name YesINo QB{OPSl ;\1 Ci "0 Q) §g DIlJ c 0 '5 (t2\I . ...tL ., 0' tfi Dl6l :0 Q) "0 a:: 00 t-00 Comment Due Dare ! " 30 0<0 iIIIIm __ DlJ Yes All Comments Resolved Commitments Addressed per SAP-0630 \Xl NA 50.59 Applicability

/Review Completed (SAP-0107)

KI NA Pre-implementation Training Completed Training required after im plementation NA PSRC Review Completed Gl NA NSRC Review Completed 0 NA Other. NA o Yes , Attached DYes DYes , CER # __ OMLSA DYes. Mtg. No. ____ _ DYes , Mtg.

  • Failure by the " Additional Reviewers" to prov i de comments within 5 working days 'Pl llr'Wlrln comment due date may be considered as " No Comment", Comrnents Yes/No DO DO DO OO 00 InitiaVOate
  • Document Id ent ific ation SAP-0139 ATIACHMENT II PAGE 1 O F 2 REVISION 25 Page 1 of __ O rlglnalOl"l Nam.: LATHREN En , 55547 Mall Code: 410 D ate: 11113106 Document No.: AOP-11S.S Rev!'lon No.: 5 Change Letter: A TlUe: LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) IX SR O aR oNN S Development Process: Permanent: (check one) X Normal Rev/Chg o r o Ed jtori al Correc tio n o Tempof!l'!y!'pproval Description
INCORPORATED MODE 6 INTO TITLE FOR CORRECT APPLICABILITY
ADDEO STep 13.d TO STOP WORK ON SECONDARY SYSTEMS THAT ARE PROTECTED BY RCS TEMPERATURE PARAMETER TAGS; CHANGED ORDER OF STEP 17 ALTERNAnvE ACTION T O ESTABLISH HOT LEG INJECTION PRIOR TO COLD LEG IN JECTION; ADDED ALTERNATIVE ACTION TO STE P 22.< T O ESTABLISH HOTLEG I NJECTION AND THEN CO LD LEG INJECTION WHEN CORE EXIT I S ABOVE 200'F; DELETED ALTERN AT IVE ACTION FOR STEP 27 AND ADDED ALTERNATIVE ACTIONS TO RETURN TO STEP 23.J FOR CORE EXIT ABOVE 200'F AND RETURN TO STEP 23.d FOR RCS HOT LEG LEVEL DECREASING. ReasonlSasia for Change
ERG MAINTENANCE OW-02-004 AND PROCEDURE FEEDBACKS. I. the SCOPE of the by thlt! cohlngt? NO lit YES C I-,f-l Temporary Approval Final ap pro val required by: (30 day.) I QR DC&R Person N ollf\ed ss o .. es Do c um e nt ReViewers

\ [:.f'C,C5, ',. C I Pos ition TypefPml Na me Posit io n T ypeJ P rlnt Name y"""" Yet/No QB IOP§I i J .... .J ;;; 00 I: Dill " 00 -0 '5 ('21, .d'-E .,. til 0 16l .... 00 .. .... a: 00 :c 00 00 Co. Comment Du e D7e ! (I 30 0<.:, Commitments Addressed per SAP.()6JO lID NA 50.59 ApplicabilitylRev i ew Completed (SA P*0107) I?:I NA P re-I mplementation Tra ini ng Comple te d (l NA Tra i n I ng required after i mpl e mentation

[iJ NA PSRC Rev i ew Completed NA ; cornmenidue date may be considere d as " No Commenr. __ O MLSA InitlallOllite

  • *
  • LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) SECTION PURPOSE SCOPE SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS OPERATOR ACTIONS ATTACHMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Attachment 1 -Establishing Cold Leg Injection Attachment 2 -Establishing Hot Leg Injection Attachment 3 -Establishing RCS Makeup Attachment 4 -Reducing RCS Makeup Attachment 5 -RVLIS Indications AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 PAGE 1 1 1 2 24 26 29 31 38 Attachment 6 -Required RCS Hot Leg Level Elevation vs. RHR Flow 39 PAGE * *
  • LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) SECTION PURPOSE SCOPE SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS OPERATOR ACTIONS ATTACHMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Attachment 1 -Establishing Cold Leg Injection -Establishing Hot Leg Injection -Establishing RCS Makeup Attachment 4 -Reducing RCS Makeup Attachment 5 -RVLIS Indications AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 PAGE 1 1 1 2 24 26 29 31 38 Attachment 6 -Required RCS Hot Leg Level Elevation vs. RHR Flow 39 PAGE
  • *
  • LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) REFERENCES
1. Tech Specs 3.9.7.1 and 3.9.7.2. 2. FSAR 5.5.7. 3. DBD. Residual Heat Removal System. 4. SOP-lIS. Residual Heat Removal. 5. E-302-641.
6. Abnormal Response Guideline ARG-l. Loss Of RHR At Mid-Loop Conditions.
7. TWR-DGI0894.

Tab M43. D.Gatlin.

COMMITMENTS AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 1. COl -NRC Generic Letter 88-17 (Recommended Actions):

Step 15. REVISION

SUMMARY

Incorporated the use of the Mansell Level Monitoring System and its use of RCS Hot Leg Level Elevation.

Added Scope. Change A incorporates Mode 6 into title for correct applicability.

Added Step 13.d to stop work on secondary systems that are protected by RCS Temperature Parameter Tags. Per ERG Maintenance DW-02-004:

In Step 17. Alternative Action. changed the order to establish Hot Leg Injection prior to Cold Leg Injection; In Step 22.c. added Alternative Action to establish Hot Leg Injection and then Cold Leg Injection when Core Exit is above 200°F; In Step 27. deleted Alternative Action for Step 27 and: Added Alternative Actions to return to Step 23.j for Core Exit above 200°F and return to Step 23.d for RCS Hot Leg level decreasing.

PAGE ii * *

  • LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) REFERENCES
1. Tech Specs 3.9.7.1 and 3.9.7.2. 2. FSAR 5.5.7. 3. DBD. Residual Heat Removal System. 4. SOP-lIS. Residual Heat Removal. 5. E-302-641.
6. Abnormal Response Guideline ARG-l. Loss Of RHR At Mid-Loop Conditions.
7. TWR-DGI0894.

Tab M43. D.Gatlin.

COMMITMENTS AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 1. COl -NRC Generic Letter 88-17 (Recommended Actions):

Step 15. REVISION

SUMMARY

Incorporated the use of the Mansell Level Monitoring System and its use of RCS Hot Leg Level Elevation.

Added Scope. Change A incorporates Mode 6 into title for correct applicability.

Added Step 13.d to stop work on secondary systems that are protected by RCS Temperature Parameter Tags. Per ERG Maintenance DW-02-004:

In Step 17. Alternative Action. changed the order to establish Hot Leg Injection prior to Cold Leg Injection; In Step 22.c. added Alternative Action to establish Hot Leg Injection and then Cold Leg Injection when Core Exit is above 200°F; In Step 27. deleted Alternative Action for Step 27 and: Added Alternative Actions to return to Step 23.j for Core Exit above 200°F and return to Step 23.d for RCS Hot Leg level decreasing.

PAGE ii

  • *
  • LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) PURPOSE REVISION 5 This procedure provides actions for maintaining core cooling and protecting the Reactor core during a loss of Residual Heat Removal capability while the RCS is NOT intact. SCOPE The regulatory processes 10CFR50 Appendix B. 10CFR50.59.

and apply to this procedure.

SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS

1. No RHR Pump is running. 2.

of the operating RHR Pump occurring as indicated by QllY of the following:

  • Erratic RHR PUMP A(B) amps.
  • Erratic RHR flow indicated on PUMP A(B) FLOW GPM.
  • Erratic RHR Pump A(B) discharge pressure indicated on PUMP A(B) PRESS PSIG.
  • Excessive RHR Pump noise.
  • RHR Pump cavitation.
3. RCS hot leg level elevation has decreased into the Region Of Unacceptable Operation of Attachment
6. 4. Increasing RCS temperature as indicated on core exit thermocouples.
5. Uncontrolled and significant loss of Reactor Coolant System inventory.
6. Attempts to restore RHR utilizing RHR PUMP VORTEXING.

have been unsuccessful.

7. Other conditions exist that require tripping the RHR Pumps. 8. AnY of the following Main Control Board annunciators in alarm:
  • RHR PP A TRIP (XCP 610
9. Entered from the EOPs. PAGE 1 OF 39 * *
  • LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) PURPOSE REVISION 5 This procedure provides actions for maintaining core cooling and protecting the Reactor core during a loss of Residual Heat Removal capability while the RCS is NOT intact. SCOPE The regulatory processes 10CFR50 Appendix B. 10CFR50.59.

and apply to this procedure.

SYMPTOMS/ENTRY CONDITIONS

1. No RHR Pump is running. 2.

of the operating RHR Pump occurring as indicated by QllY of the following:

  • Erratic RHR PUMP A(B) amps.
  • Erratic RHR flow indicated on PUMP A(B) FLOW GPM.
  • Erratic RHR Pump A(B) discharge pressure indicated on PUMP A(B) PRESS PSIG.
  • Excessive RHR Pump noise.
  • RHR Pump cavitation.
3. RCS hot leg level elevation has decreased into the Region Of Unacceptable Operation of Attachment
6. 4. Increasing RCS temperature as indicated on core exit thermocouples.
5. Uncontrolled and significant loss of Reactor Coolant System inventory.
6. Attempts to restore RHR utilizing RHR PUMP VORTEXING.

have been unsuccessful.

7. Other conditions exist that require tripping the RHR Pumps. 8. AnY of the following Main Control Board annunciators in alarm:
  • RHR PP A TRIP (XCP 610
9. Entered from the EOPs. PAGE 1 OF 39
  • Q
  • 2 3
  • 115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION OPERATOR ACTIONS
  • RCS pressure changes could result in erroneous RCS level indication when monitoring RCS level elevation with the Sight Glass. If PZR Surgeline Flooding occurs. Sight Glass AND PZR may indicate level while the core uncovers.

-* Correlation between the Mansell Level Monitoring System. Sight Glass. RVLIS indication.

and Midloop Monitoring, including important corresponding RCS elevations, is provided in Attachment

5. This Attachment should be used when monitoring RCS Hot Leg level using the Sight Glass or RVLIS. Stop RCS boron dilution in 0 progress.

Monitor RCS heatup/cooldown:

  • Monitor 0 HOT LEG of WIDE RNG .
  • Implement STP-I03.001.

REACTOR 0 COOLANT SYSTEM AND PRESSURIZER HEATUP/COOLDOWN SURVEILLANCE.

Determine and correct the cause of 0 RHR Pump trip. PAGE 2 OF 39 *

  • Q
  • 2 3
  • 115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION OPERATOR ACTIONS
  • RCS pressure changes could result in erroneous RCS level indication when monitoring RCS level elevation with the Sight Glass. If PZR Surgeline Flooding occurs. Sight Glass AND PZR may indicate level while the core uncovers.

-* Correlation between the Mansell Level Monitoring System. Sight Glass. RVLIS indication.

and Midloop Monitoring, including important corresponding RCS elevations, is provided in Attachment

5. This Attachment should be used when monitoring RCS Hot Leg level using the Sight Glass or RVLIS. Stop RCS boron dilution in 0 progress.

Monitor RCS heatup/cooldown:

  • Monitor 0 HOT LEG of WIDE RNG .
  • Implement STP-I03.001.

REACTOR 0 COOLANT SYSTEM AND PRESSURIZER HEATUP/COOLDOWN SURVEILLANCE.

Determine and correct the cause of 0 RHR Pump trip. PAGE 2 OF 39

  • 4 *
  • AOP-llS.S REVISION S LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES SAND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 4
  • Previously operating RHR Pump A(B) should only be started after the cause of pump trip has been determined and corrected.
  • Starting an RHR Pump may result in an RCS level decrease due to shrink or void collapse.

Start available RHR Pump A(B): 4 GO TO Step 11. a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level elevation is GREATER THAN OR EOUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following;

  • Mansell Level Monitori ng D System.
  • Video Monitor. D
  • Sight Glass (local). D
  • LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L-1330) (IS.S inches).
  • LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331) (IS.S inches). b. Check if RHR Loop A(B) is aligned to the RCS;
  • MVG-8701A(B).

RCS LP A(C) TO D PUMP A(B). is open.

  • MVG-8702A(B).

RCS LP A(C) TO D PUMP A(B). is open.

  • MVG-8888A(B).

RHR LP A(B) TO D COLD LEGS. is open. c. Close HCV-603A(B).

A(B) OUTLET. D d. Throttle FCV-60SA(B), A(B) BYP, D to 40%. e. Place PCV-14S, LO PRESS LTDN, D in MAN. f. Ensure Component Cooling Water D is supplied to RHR Loop A(B). g. Start XPP-0031A(B), PUMP A(B). D (Step 4 continued on next page) (Step 4 continued on next page) PAGE 3 OF 39 D

  • 4 *
  • AOP-llS.S REVISION S LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES SAND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 4
  • Previously operating RHR Pump A(B) should only be started after the cause of pump trip has been determined and corrected.
  • Starting an RHR Pump may result in an RCS level decrease due to shrink or void collapse.

Start available RHR Pump A(B): 4 GO TO Step 11. a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level elevation is GREATER THAN OR EOUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following;

  • Mansell Level Monitori ng D System.
  • Video Monitor. D
  • Sight Glass (local). D
  • LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L-1330) (IS.S inches).
  • LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331) (IS.S inches). b. Check if RHR Loop A(B) is aligned to the RCS;
  • MVG-8701A(B).

RCS LP A(C) TO D PUMP A(B). is open.

  • MVG-8702A(B).

RCS LP A(C) TO D PUMP A(B). is open.

  • MVG-8888A(B).

RHR LP A(B) TO D COLD LEGS. is open. c. Close HCV-603A(B).

A(B) OUTLET. D d. Throttle FCV-60SA(B), A(B) BYP, D to 40%. e. Place PCV-14S, LO PRESS LTDN, D in MAN. f. Ensure Component Cooling Water D is supplied to RHR Loop A(B). g. Start XPP-0031A(B), PUMP A(B). D (Step 4 continued on next page) (Step 4 continued on next page) PAGE 3 OF 39 D

  • *
  • 5 AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 4 continued)
h. Ensure XPP-0031A(B).

PUMP A(B). 0 amps decay to between 260 amps and 300 amps within one minute. i . Maintain RHR Pump flow within 0 Mid-Loop operating limits. REFER TO Attachment

6. REQUIRED RCS HOT LEG LEVEL ELEVATION VS RHR FLOW. j. Operate RHR Loop A(B). REFER 0 TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. Verify at least one RHR Pump is 0 running. 5 ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 4 continued)
h. Perform the following:
1) Stop XPP-0031A(B).

o PUMP A(B). 2) IE the other RHR loop is 0 available.

THEN RETURN TO Step 4.a. --IE the other RHR loop is NOT 0 available.

THEN GO TO Step 11. --IE no RHR Pump can be started. 0 THEN GO TO Step 11. 6 Verify core exit TC temperatures 0 6 REFER TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT are stable OR decreasing.

REMOVAL. to establish RCS cooldown:

PAGE 4 OF 39 a) Control the operating RHR loop 0 to establish desired RCS cool down. b) Maintain ReS cooldown rate LESS 0 THAN 50°F/hr. * *

  • 5 AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE (Step 4 continued)
h. Ensure XPP-0031A(B).

PUMP A(B). 0 amps decay to between 260 amps and 300 amps within one minute. i . Maintain RHR Pump flow within 0 Mid-Loop operating limits. REFER TO Attachment

6. REQUIRED RCS HOT LEG LEVEL ELEVATION VS RHR FLOW. j. Operate RHR Loop A(B). REFER 0 TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. Verify at least one RHR Pump is 0 running. 5 ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 4 continued)
h. Perform the following:
1) Stop XPP-0031A(B).

o PUMP A(B). 2) IE the other RHR loop is 0 available.

THEN RETURN TO Step 4.a. --IE the other RHR loop is NOT 0 available.

THEN GO TO Step 11. --IE no RHR Pump can be started. 0 THEN GO TO Step 11. 6 Verify core exit TC temperatures 0 6 REFER TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT are stable OR decreasing.

REMOVAL. to establish RCS cooldown:

PAGE 4 OF 39 a) Control the operating RHR loop 0 to establish desired RCS cool down. b) Maintain ReS cooldown rate LESS 0 THAN 50°F/hr.

  • 7
  • 8 9 10
  • AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 7 If the standby RHR train has been started. the Letdown return header from the standby RHR train will need to be aligned. Establish RHR Letdown: 7 Establish CVCS Letdown. REFER TO SOP-102. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME a. Locally align the Letdown CONTROL SYSTEM. return header (AB-412):
1) Ensure XVT08720A(B)-RH.

0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR A(B) INLET VALVE. for the operating RHR train is open. 2 ) Ensure XVT08720B(A)-RH.

0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR B(A) INLET VALVE. for the standby RHR train is closed. b. Close PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 c. Open HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR. 0 d. Monitor FI-150. 0 LO PRESS LTDN FLOW GPM. e. Adjust PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 to obtain desired Letdown flow. Restore RCS level to the desired 0 level for plant conditions.

Restore RCS temperature:

a. Maintain RCS cool down rate LESS 0 THAN 50° F /hr. b. Decrease RCS temperature to the 0 pre-event value. RETURN TO the Procedure and Step 0 in effect. PAGE 5 OF 39 0
  • 7
  • 8 9 10
  • AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 7 If the standby RHR train has been started. the Letdown return header from the standby RHR train will need to be aligned. Establish RHR Letdown: 7 Establish CVCS Letdown. REFER TO SOP-102. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME a. Locally align the Letdown CONTROL SYSTEM. return header (AB-412):
1) Ensure XVT08720A(B)-RH.

0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR A(B) INLET VALVE. for the operating RHR train is open. 2 ) Ensure XVT08720B(A)-RH.

0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR B(A) INLET VALVE. for the standby RHR train is closed. b. Close PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 c. Open HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR. 0 d. Monitor FI-150. 0 LO PRESS LTDN FLOW GPM. e. Adjust PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 to obtain desired Letdown flow. Restore RCS level to the desired 0 level for plant conditions.

Restore RCS temperature:

a. Maintain RCS cool down rate LESS 0 THAN 50° F /hr. b. Decrease RCS temperature to the 0 pre-event value. RETURN TO the Procedure and Step 0 in effect. PAGE 5 OF 39 0
  • 11 12 *
  • AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Isolate RCS Letdown and drainage paths: a. Close PVT-8149A(B)(c).

LTDN D ORIFICE A(B)(C) ISOL Valves. b. Close LCV 459 and LCV-460. D LTDN LINE ISOL. c. Close PVT-8153 and PVT-8154.

D XS LTDN ISOL. d. Close HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR. D e. Close QflY known RCS drain path D which can be closed from the Main Control Board. Align Charging Pump suction to the RWST: a. Open LCV-115B.

D RWST TO CHG PP SUCT. b. Open LCV-1l5D.

D RWST TO CHG PP SUCT. c. Close LCV-115C(E).

D VCT OUTLET I SOL. PAGE 6 OF 39

  • 11 12 *
  • AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Isolate RCS Letdown and drainage paths: a. Close PVT-8149A(B)(c).

LTDN D ORIFICE A(B)(C) ISOL Valves. b. Close LCV 459 and LCV-460. D LTDN LINE ISOL. c. Close PVT-8153 and PVT-8154.

D XS LTDN ISOL. d. Close HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR. D e. Close QflY known RCS drain path D which can be closed from the Main Control Board. Align Charging Pump suction to the RWST: a. Open LCV-115B.

D RWST TO CHG PP SUCT. b. Open LCV-1l5D.

D RWST TO CHG PP SUCT. c. Close LCV-115C(E).

D VCT OUTLET I SOL. PAGE 6 OF 39

  • 13 * *14 15 16
  • AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 13 Reactor Building supervisory personnel must remain in the vicinity of the RB airlock to assist with containment closure. Alert plant personnel:
a. Announce plant conditions over 0 the page system. b. Depress both REACTOR BLDG 0 EVACUATION Pushbuttons.
c. Repeat the announcement.

0 d. Notify Outage Management and 0 Operatons Tagging Desk to stop Qll work on secondary systems that are protected by RCS Temperature Parameter Tags. Monitor Reactor Building radiation 0 levels. Establish Containment IntegritY within two hours: a. REFER TO STP-147.001.

REACTOR 0 BUILDING PENETRATION TEST. b. Close Qll RB penetrations 0 providing direct access from the RB atmosphere to the outside atmosphere.

Start all available RBCUs. REFER 0 TO SOP-114. REACTOR BUILDING VENTILATION SYSTEM. PAGE 7 OF 39

  • 13 * *14 15 16
  • AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 13 Reactor Building supervisory personnel must remain in the vicinity of the RB airlock to assist with containment closure. Alert plant personnel:
a. Announce plant conditions over 0 the page system. b. Depress both REACTOR BLDG 0 EVACUATION Pushbuttons.
c. Repeat the announcement.

0 d. Notify Outage Management and 0 Operatons Tagging Desk to stop Qll work on secondary systems that are protected by RCS Temperature Parameter Tags. Monitor Reactor Building radiation 0 levels. Establish Containment IntegritY within two hours: a. REFER TO STP-147.001.

REACTOR 0 BUILDING PENETRATION TEST. b. Close Qll RB penetrations 0 providing direct access from the RB atmosphere to the outside atmosphere.

Start all available RBCUs. REFER 0 TO SOP-114. REACTOR BUILDING VENTILATION SYSTEM. PAGE 7 OF 39

  • *
  • AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION CAUTION -Step 17
  • Failure to warn personnel in the RB working on or near RCS openings prior to refilling the RCS may cause contamination of personnel .
  • To ensure adequate Shutdown Margin is maintained, only borated water sources should be used for RCS makeup. NOTE -Step 17 Step 17 should be used for re-diagnosis if core exit TC temperature increases during the performance of this procedure.
  • 17 Check core exit TC temperatures LESS THAN 200°F. o *17 GO TO ATTACHMENT
2. ESTABLISHING 0 HOT LEG INJECTION.

PAGE 8 OF 39 1£ core exit TC temperatures 0 continue to increase, THEN GO TO ATTACHMENT

1. ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION.

GO TO Step 19. o * *

  • AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION CAUTION -Step 17
  • Failure to warn personnel in the RB working on or near RCS openings prior to refilling the RCS may cause contamination of personnel .
  • To ensure adequate Shutdown Margin is maintained, only borated water sources should be used for RCS makeup. NOTE -Step 17 Step 17 should be used for re-diagnosis if core exit TC temperature increases during the performance of this procedure.
  • 17 Check core exit TC temperatures LESS THAN 200°F. o *17 GO TO ATTACHMENT
2. ESTABLISHING 0 HOT LEG INJECTION.

PAGE 8 OF 39 1£ core exit TC temperatures 0 continue to increase, THEN GO TO ATTACHMENT

1. ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION.

GO TO Step 19. o

  • 18
  • 19
  • AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 18 Step 18 should NOT be performed with core exit TC temperatures GREATER THAN 200 0 F. Check RCS level: a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level a. GO TO ATTACHMENT
1. elevation is GREATER THAN OR ESTABLISHING COLO LEG EQUAL TO 430' 0" as i ndi cated INJECTION.

on the following:

  • Mansell Level Monitori ng D System.
  • Video Monitor. D
  • Sight Glass (local). D
  • LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L-1330) (5.5 inches).
  • LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331) (5.5 inches). b. Verify RCS Hot Leg level b. GO TO ATTACHMENT
3. elevation is GREATER THAN OR ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP. EQUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following:
  • Mansell Level Moni tori ng D System.
  • Video Monitor. D
  • Sight Glass (local). D
  • LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L-1330) (15.5 inches).
  • LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331) (15.5 inches). Identify and isolate RCS D leakage paths. PAGE 9 OF 39 D D
  • 18
  • 19
  • AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 18 Step 18 should NOT be performed with core exit TC temperatures GREATER THAN 200 0 F. Check RCS level: a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level a. GO TO ATTACHMENT
1. elevation is GREATER THAN OR ESTABLISHING COLO LEG EQUAL TO 430' 0" as i ndi cated INJECTION.

on the following:

  • Mansell Level Monitori ng D System.
  • Video Monitor. D
  • Sight Glass (local). D
  • LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L-1330) (5.5 inches).
  • LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331) (5.5 inches). b. Verify RCS Hot Leg level b. GO TO ATTACHMENT
3. elevation is GREATER THAN OR ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP. EQUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following:
  • Mansell Level Moni tori ng D System.
  • Video Monitor. D
  • Sight Glass (local). D
  • LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L-1330) (15.5 inches).
  • LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES D (L-1331) (15.5 inches). Identify and isolate RCS D leakage paths. PAGE 9 OF 39 D D
  • 20
  • 21
  • AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 20 To maintain RCS pressure low enough for gravity feed. at least two Steam Generators must be refilled and utilized.

Check if a secondary heat sink is 20 GO TO Step 22. available:

a. Check if the RCS pressure 0 boundary is intact. b. Check if at least two Steam Generators are available:
  • Steam Generator levels are 0 maintained GREATER THAN OR EOUAL TO 15% Wide Range. Establish a secondary heat sink: a. Establish Emergency Feedwater 0 flow. REFER TO SOP-211. EMERGENCY FEEDWATER SYSTEM. b. Maintain SG Narrow Range levels 0 between 30% and 60%. c. Fully open available SG 0 Steamline Power Relief Valves. PAGE 10 OF 39 0
  • 20
  • 21
  • AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 20 To maintain RCS pressure low enough for gravity feed. at least two Steam Generators must be refilled and utilized.

Check if a secondary heat sink is 20 GO TO Step 22. available:

a. Check if the RCS pressure 0 boundary is intact. b. Check if at least two Steam Generators are available:
  • Steam Generator levels are 0 maintained GREATER THAN OR EOUAL TO 15% Wide Range. Establish a secondary heat sink: a. Establish Emergency Feedwater 0 flow. REFER TO SOP-211. EMERGENCY FEEDWATER SYSTEM. b. Maintain SG Narrow Range levels 0 between 30% and 60%. c. Fully open available SG 0 Steamline Power Relief Valves. PAGE 10 OF 39 0
  • *22 *
  • AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if RHR can be restored:
  • 22 WHEN conditions are met to restore [] an RHR loop to service. THEN a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level CONTINUE WITH Step 23. Observe elevation is GREATER THAN OR the NOTE prior to Step 23. EOUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following:

1£ RHR can NOT be restored.

THEN perform the following:

  • Mansell Level Monitoring

[] System. a) Start trending core exit TCs. []

  • Video Monitor. []
  • Sight Glass (local). [] b) GO TO Step 25. Observe the []
  • LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES [] NOTE prior to Step 25. (L-1330) (15.5 inches).
  • LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES [] (L-1331) (15.5 inches). b. An RHR Pump is available for [] operation.
c. Core exit TCs are LESS THAN [] c. GO TO ATTACHMENT
2. [] 200 0 F. ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION.

1£ core exit TC temperatures

[] continue to increase.

THEN GO TO ATTACHMENT

1. ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION.

GO TO Step 24. [] PAGE 11 OF 39 * *22 *

  • AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if RHR can be restored:
  • 22 WHEN conditions are met to restore [] an RHR loop to service. THEN a. Verify RCS Hot Leg level CONTINUE WITH Step 23. Observe elevation is GREATER THAN OR the NOTE prior to Step 23. EOUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following:

1£ RHR can NOT be restored.

THEN perform the following:

  • Mansell Level Monitoring

[] System. a) Start trending core exit TCs. []

  • Video Monitor. []
  • Sight Glass (local). [] b) GO TO Step 25. Observe the []
  • LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES [] NOTE prior to Step 25. (L-1330) (15.5 inches).
  • LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES [] (L-1331) (15.5 inches). b. An RHR Pump is available for [] operation.
c. Core exit TCs are LESS THAN [] c. GO TO ATTACHMENT
2. [] 200 0 F. ESTABLISHING HOT LEG INJECTION.

1£ core exit TC temperatures

[] continue to increase.

THEN GO TO ATTACHMENT

1. ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION.

GO TO Step 24. [] PAGE 11 OF 39

  • *
  • AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 23 Starting an RHR Pump may result in an RCS level decrease due to shrink or void collapse.

23 Attempt to restore one RHR Loop A(B) to service: a. Verify both of the following:

  • XPP-0031A(B).

PUMP A(B). is 0 available .

  • RHR Loop A(B) is NOT being 0 used for gravity feed to the RCS. b. Ensure Component Cooling Water 0 is supplied to RHR Loop A(B). c. Align RHR Loop A(B) flow path: 1) Open MVG-8888A(B).

o RHR LP A(B) TO COLO LEGS. 2) Open MVG-8701A(B).

0 RCS LP A(C) TO PUMP A(B). 3) Open MVG-8702A(B).

0 RCS LP A(C) TO PUMP A(B). 4) Close HCV-603A(B).

0 A(B) OUTLET. 5) Close FCV-605A(B).

A(B) BYP. 0 (Step 23 continued on next page) PAGE 12 OF 39 a. GO TO Step 25. Observe the NOTE prior to Step 25 . (Step 23 continued on next page) o *

  • AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 23 Starting an RHR Pump may result in an RCS level decrease due to shrink or void collapse.

23 Attempt to restore one RHR Loop A(B) to service: a. Verify both of the following:

  • XPP-0031A(B).

PUMP A(B). is 0 available .

  • RHR Loop A(B) is NOT being 0 used for gravity feed to the RCS. b. Ensure Component Cooling Water 0 is supplied to RHR Loop A(B). c. Align RHR Loop A(B) flow path: 1) Open MVG-8888A(B).

o RHR LP A(B) TO COLO LEGS. 2) Open MVG-8701A(B).

0 RCS LP A(C) TO PUMP A(B). 3) Open MVG-8702A(B).

0 RCS LP A(C) TO PUMP A(B). 4) Close HCV-603A(B).

0 A(B) OUTLET. 5) Close FCV-605A(B).

A(B) BYP. 0 (Step 23 continued on next page) PAGE 12 OF 39 a. GO TO Step 25. Observe the NOTE prior to Step 25 . (Step 23 continued on next page) o

  • *
  • REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 23 continued) (Step 23 continued)

NOTE Step 23. d

  • If venting is required.

RCS Hot Leg level elevation should be maintained GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" (15.5 inches) while venting RHR.

  • If venting is required and time is NOT available to completely vent the RHR Loop. air may be swept from the RHR lines by filling the RCS Hot Legs to GREATER THAN 431' 10 1/2" (28 inches) and increasing RHR flow to GREATER THAN 2600 gpm. d. Verify the RHR RCS Hot Leg level elevation is GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following:
  • Mansell Level Monitoring System.
  • Video Monitor.
  • Sight Glass (local).
  • LP A LVL INCHES (15.5 inches).
  • 1331. LP C LVL INCHES (15.5 inches). o o o o o e. Throttle A(B) BYP. 0 to 40%. f. Start PUMP A(B). 0 d. Vent RHR Loop A(B). REFER TO 0 STP-105.006.

SAFETY INJECTION/RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL MONTHLY FLOWPATH VERIFICATION TEST. (Step 23 continued on next page) (Step 23 continued on next page) PAGE 13 OF 39 * *

  • REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 23 continued) (Step 23 continued)

NOTE Step 23. d

  • If venting is required.

RCS Hot Leg level elevation should be maintained GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" (15.5 inches) while venting RHR.

  • If venting is required and time is NOT available to completely vent the RHR Loop. air may be swept from the RHR lines by filling the RCS Hot Legs to GREATER THAN 431' 10 1/2" (28 inches) and increasing RHR flow to GREATER THAN 2600 gpm. d. Verify the RHR RCS Hot Leg level elevation is GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following:
  • Mansell Level Monitoring System.
  • Video Monitor.
  • Sight Glass (local).
  • LP A LVL INCHES (15.5 inches).
  • 1331. LP C LVL INCHES (15.5 inches). o o o o o e. Throttle A(B) BYP. 0 to 40%. f. Start PUMP A(B). 0 d. Vent RHR Loop A(B). REFER TO 0 STP-105.006.

SAFETY INJECTION/RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL MONTHLY FLOWPATH VERIFICATION TEST. (Step 23 continued on next page) (Step 23 continued on next page) PAGE 13 OF 39

  • *
  • AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 23 continued) (Step 23 continued)
g. Ensure XPP-0031A(B)

PUMP A(B) D g. Perform the following:

amps decay to between 260 amps and 300 amps within one minute. 1) Stop XPP-0031A(B).

PUMP A( B) . 2) 1£ the other RHR loop is available.

THEN RETURN TO Step 22 to restore the other RHR loop. 1£ the other RHR loop is NOT available.

THEN perform the following:

a) Start trending core exit TCs. b) GO TO Step 25. Observe the NOTE prior to Step 25. h. Maintain RHR Pump flow within D Mid-Loop operating limits. REFER TO ATTACHMENT

6. REQUIRED RCS HOT LEG LEVEL VS RHR FLOW. i . Gradually increase RHR bypass D flow by throttling FCV-605A(B).

A(B) BYP. to the desired flow. j. Operate RHR Loop A(B). REFER D TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. to establish desired RCS cool down . PAGE 14 OF 39 D D D D * *

  • AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 23 continued) (Step 23 continued)
g. Ensure XPP-0031A(B)

PUMP A(B) D g. Perform the following:

amps decay to between 260 amps and 300 amps within one minute. 1) Stop XPP-0031A(B).

PUMP A( B) . 2) 1£ the other RHR loop is available.

THEN RETURN TO Step 22 to restore the other RHR loop. 1£ the other RHR loop is NOT available.

THEN perform the following:

a) Start trending core exit TCs. b) GO TO Step 25. Observe the NOTE prior to Step 25. h. Maintain RHR Pump flow within D Mid-Loop operating limits. REFER TO ATTACHMENT

6. REQUIRED RCS HOT LEG LEVEL VS RHR FLOW. i . Gradually increase RHR bypass D flow by throttling FCV-605A(B).

A(B) BYP. to the desired flow. j. Operate RHR Loop A(B). REFER D TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. to establish desired RCS cool down . PAGE 14 OF 39 D D D D

  • 24 *
  • AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 24 If the standby RHR train was started in Step 23. the Letdown return header from the standby RHR train will need to be aligned. Establish RHR Letdown: 24 Establish CVCS Letdown. REFER TO SOP-t02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME a. Locally align the Letdown CONTROL SYSTEM. return header (AB-412):
1) Ensure XVT08720A(B)-RH.

0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR A(B) INLET VALVE. for the operating RHR train is open. 2 ) Ensure XVT08720B(A)-RH.

0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR B(A) INLET VALVE. for the standby RHR train is closed. b. Close PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 c. Open HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR. 0 d. Monitor FI-150. 0 LO PRESS LTDN FLOW GPM. e. Adjust PCV 145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 to obtain desired Letdown flow. PAGE 15 OF 39 0

  • 24 *
  • AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 24 If the standby RHR train was started in Step 23. the Letdown return header from the standby RHR train will need to be aligned. Establish RHR Letdown: 24 Establish CVCS Letdown. REFER TO SOP-t02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME a. Locally align the Letdown CONTROL SYSTEM. return header (AB-412):
1) Ensure XVT08720A(B)-RH.

0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR A(B) INLET VALVE. for the operating RHR train is open. 2 ) Ensure XVT08720B(A)-RH.

0 LETDOWN HDR RH RETURN HDR B(A) INLET VALVE. for the standby RHR train is closed. b. Close PCV-145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 c. Open HCV-142. LTDN FROM RHR. 0 d. Monitor FI-150. 0 LO PRESS LTDN FLOW GPM. e. Adjust PCV 145. LO PRESS LTDN. 0 to obtain desired Letdown flow. PAGE 15 OF 39 0

  • *
  • AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 25 Overflow from RCS openings into the Reactor Building may be returned to the RWST by utilizing the RB Spray System. *25 Transfer RB Sump water to the RWST: a. Check if RWST level is LESS THAN 18%. D a. II RWST 1 eve 1 decreases to LESS D THAN 18%. THEN COMPLETE Steps 25 and 26. GO TO Step 27. D b. Monitor RHR Sump levels to maintain GREATER THAN 413 ft:
  • LI-1969. RHR A LEVEL FEET . D
  • LI-1970 . RHR B LEVEL FEET . D c. Transfer RB Sump water to the c. Transfer RB Sump water to the RWST using RB Spray Train A: RWST using RB Spray Train B: 1) Place XPP0038A.

PUMP A. in D 1) Place XPP0038B.

PUMP B. in D PULL TO LK NON-A. PULL TO LK NON-A. 2) Locally rack in XSW1DA 11. D 2) Locally rack in XSW1DB 06. D RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038A-SP RB SPRAY PUMP XPPOO38B-SP OB-463). (1B-436).

3) Close MVG-3001A.

D 3) Close MVG-3001B.

D RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A SUCT. RWST TO SPRAY PUMP B SUCT. 4) Close MVG-3002A.

D 4) Close MVG-3002B.

D NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP A SUCT. NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP B SUCT. 5) Close MVG-3003A.

D 5) Close MVG-3003B.

D SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP A. SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP B. 6) Locally unlock and open D 6) Locally unlock and open D XVT03010A-SP.

RB SPRAY PUMP XVT03010B-SP.

RB SPRAY PUMP A TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE B TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE (AB-374). (AB-374).

7) Locally open XVG03011-SP.

D 7) Locally open XVG03011-SP.

D RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST ISOL VALVE (AB-374).

ISOL VALVE (AB-374) . (Step 25 continued on next page) (Step 25 continued on next page) PAGE 16 OF 39 * *

  • AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION NOTE -Step 25 Overflow from RCS openings into the Reactor Building may be returned to the RWST by utilizing the RB Spray System. *25 Transfer RB Sump water to the RWST: a. Check if RWST level is LESS THAN 18%. D a. II RWST 1 eve 1 decreases to LESS D THAN 18%. THEN COMPLETE Steps 25 and 26. GO TO Step 27. D b. Monitor RHR Sump levels to maintain GREATER THAN 413 ft:
  • LI-1969. RHR A LEVEL FEET . D
  • LI-1970 . RHR B LEVEL FEET . D c. Transfer RB Sump water to the c. Transfer RB Sump water to the RWST using RB Spray Train A: RWST using RB Spray Train B: 1) Place XPP0038A.

PUMP A. in D 1) Place XPP0038B.

PUMP B. in D PULL TO LK NON-A. PULL TO LK NON-A. 2) Locally rack in XSW1DA 11. D 2) Locally rack in XSW1DB 06. D RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038A-SP RB SPRAY PUMP XPPOO38B-SP OB-463). (1B-436).

3) Close MVG-3001A.

D 3) Close MVG-3001B.

D RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A SUCT. RWST TO SPRAY PUMP B SUCT. 4) Close MVG-3002A.

D 4) Close MVG-3002B.

D NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP A SUCT. NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP B SUCT. 5) Close MVG-3003A.

D 5) Close MVG-3003B.

D SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP A. SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP B. 6) Locally unlock and open D 6) Locally unlock and open D XVT03010A-SP.

RB SPRAY PUMP XVT03010B-SP.

RB SPRAY PUMP A TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE B TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE (AB-374). (AB-374).

7) Locally open XVG03011-SP.

D 7) Locally open XVG03011-SP.

D RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST ISOL VALVE (AB-374).

ISOL VALVE (AB-374) . (Step 25 continued on next page) (Step 25 continued on next page) PAGE 16 OF 39

  • *
  • AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 25 continued) (Step 25 continued)
8) Transfer water as follows: 8) Transfer water as follows: a) Open both MVG-3004A and 0 a) Open both MVG-3004B and MVG-3005A.

MVG-3005B.

SUMP ISOL LOOP A. SUMP ISOL LOOP B. b) Start XPP0038A.

PUMP A. 0 b) Start XPP0038B.

PUMP B. c) WHEN RHR Sump level is c) WHEN RHR Sump level is LESS THAN 413 ft. THEN LESS THAN 413 ft. THEN stop RB Sump water stop RB Sump water transfer:

transfer:

(1) Place XPPOO38A.

0 (1) Place XPPOO38B.

PUMP A. in PULL TO LK PUMP B. in PULL TO LK NON-A. NON-A. (2) Close MVG-3004A and 0 (2) Close MVG-3004B and MVG-3005A.

MVG-3005B.

SUMP ISOL LOOP A. SUMP ISOL LOOP B. d. REPEAT Step 25.c.8) as 0 necessary to maintain RHR Sump level at 413 ft . PAGE 17 OF 39 0 0 0 0 * *

  • AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 25 continued) (Step 25 continued)
8) Transfer water as follows: 8) Transfer water as follows: a) Open both MVG-3004A and 0 a) Open both MVG-3004B and MVG-3005A.

MVG-3005B.

SUMP ISOL LOOP A. SUMP ISOL LOOP B. b) Start XPP0038A.

PUMP A. 0 b) Start XPP0038B.

PUMP B. c) WHEN RHR Sump level is c) WHEN RHR Sump level is LESS THAN 413 ft. THEN LESS THAN 413 ft. THEN stop RB Sump water stop RB Sump water transfer:

transfer:

(1) Place XPPOO38A.

0 (1) Place XPPOO38B.

PUMP A. in PULL TO LK PUMP B. in PULL TO LK NON-A. NON-A. (2) Close MVG-3004A and 0 (2) Close MVG-3004B and MVG-3005A.

MVG-3005B.

SUMP ISOL LOOP A. SUMP ISOL LOOP B. d. REPEAT Step 25.c.8) as 0 necessary to maintain RHR Sump level at 413 ft . PAGE 17 OF 39 0 0 0 0

  • 26 *
  • AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Maintain RWST temperature LESS THAN 140 0 F: a. Monitor RWST temperature:
  • TI-7505. TEMP 0 F. D
  • TI-7507. TEMP 0 F. D b. Locally align Spent Fuel Cooling to maintain RWST temperature LESS THAN 140 o F: 1) Verify XPP0032B-SF.

SPENT D 1) Stop XPP0032B-SF.

SPENT FUEL D FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B PIT COOLING PUMP B. REFER (AB-412)'

is stopped. TO SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM. 2 ) Verify XPP0014. Spent Fuel D 2) Stop XPP0014. Spent Fuel D Purifi cat ion Pump (AB-412).

Purification Pump. REFER TO is stopped. SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM. 3) Close the following:

  • XVG06661-SF.

SF COOLING D PUMP B SF POOL HDR ISOL VLV (AB-388).

  • XVG06667-SF.

SF HDR B CASK D LOADING AREA ISOL VALVE (AB -388) .

  • XVG06663-SF.

SPENT FUEL D HEADER B DISCH ISOL VALVE (AB -388) .

  • XVG06660-SF.

SPENT FUEL D POOL OUTLET HDR ISOL VALVE (AB-412).

  • XVG06665-SF.

SPENT FUEL D COOLING PUMP B SUCT ISOL V LV (AB -412) .

  • XVD06690-SF.

SPENT FUEL D PURIFICATION HDR ISOL VALVE (AB-436).

  • XVG06668-SF.

FUEL TRANSFER D CANAL SF HDR ISOL VALVE (FB-436)' (Step 26 continued on next page) (Step 26 continued on next page) PAGE 18 OF 39

  • 26 *
  • AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Maintain RWST temperature LESS THAN 140 0 F: a. Monitor RWST temperature:
  • TI-7505. TEMP 0 F. D
  • TI-7507. TEMP 0 F. D b. Locally align Spent Fuel Cooling to maintain RWST temperature LESS THAN 140 o F: 1) Verify XPP0032B-SF.

SPENT D 1) Stop XPP0032B-SF.

SPENT FUEL D FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B PIT COOLING PUMP B. REFER (AB-412)'

is stopped. TO SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM. 2 ) Verify XPP0014. Spent Fuel D 2) Stop XPP0014. Spent Fuel D Purifi cat ion Pump (AB-412).

Purification Pump. REFER TO is stopped. SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM. 3) Close the following:

  • XVG06661-SF.

SF COOLING D PUMP B SF POOL HDR ISOL VLV (AB-388).

  • XVG06667-SF.

SF HDR B CASK D LOADING AREA ISOL VALVE (AB -388) .

  • XVG06663-SF.

SPENT FUEL D HEADER B DISCH ISOL VALVE (AB -388) .

  • XVG06660-SF.

SPENT FUEL D POOL OUTLET HDR ISOL VALVE (AB-412).

  • XVG06665-SF.

SPENT FUEL D COOLING PUMP B SUCT ISOL V LV (AB -412) .

  • XVD06690-SF.

SPENT FUEL D PURIFICATION HDR ISOL VALVE (AB-436).

  • XVG06668-SF.

FUEL TRANSFER D CANAL SF HDR ISOL VALVE (FB-436)' (Step 26 continued on next page) (Step 26 continued on next page) PAGE 18 OF 39

  • *
  • AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 26 continued) (Step 26 continued)
4) Open the following:
  • XVG06662-SF.

REFUEL WTR 0 STG TK SPENT FUEL ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).

  • XVT06691-SF.

0 SF PURIFICATION HEADER THROTTLE VALVE (RWST PIT).

  • XVD06694-SF.

SF PUR HDR 0 HYDRO TEST HEADER ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).

  • XVG06664-SF.

REFUEL WTR 0 STG TK SF HDR B SUCT ISOL (AB-412).

  • XVG06651-SF.

SPENT FUEL 0 COOLING PUMP B SUCTION VALVE (AB-412).

  • XVT06659-SF.

SPENT FUEL 0 HEAT EXCHANGER B OUTLET VLV (AB-388).

  • XVD06692-SF.

SF PUR HDR SF 0 HEADER B SUP ISOL VALVE (AB-388).

5) Align Component Cooling Water to Spent Fuel Pool Heat Exchanger B (AB-388):

a) Open XVB09624B-CC.

0 SPENT FUEL HT EXCH B CC WTR INLET VALVE. b) Ensure XVB09628B-CC.

0 SPENT FUEL HT EXCH B CC WTR OUTLET V LV. is throttled open. c) Ensure Component Cooling 0 Water is supplying non-essential loads. 6) Start XPP0032B-SF.

SPENT 0 FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B (AB-412). (Step 26 continued on next page) (Step 26 continued on next page) PAGE 19 OF 39 * *

  • AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 26 continued) (Step 26 continued)
4) Open the following:
  • XVG06662-SF.

REFUEL WTR 0 STG TK SPENT FUEL ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).

  • XVT06691-SF.

0 SF PURIFICATION HEADER THROTTLE VALVE (RWST PIT).

  • XVD06694-SF.

SF PUR HDR 0 HYDRO TEST HEADER ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).

  • XVG06664-SF.

REFUEL WTR 0 STG TK SF HDR B SUCT ISOL (AB-412).

  • XVG06651-SF.

SPENT FUEL 0 COOLING PUMP B SUCTION VALVE (AB-412).

  • XVT06659-SF.

SPENT FUEL 0 HEAT EXCHANGER B OUTLET VLV (AB-388).

  • XVD06692-SF.

SF PUR HDR SF 0 HEADER B SUP ISOL VALVE (AB-388).

5) Align Component Cooling Water to Spent Fuel Pool Heat Exchanger B (AB-388):

a) Open XVB09624B-CC.

0 SPENT FUEL HT EXCH B CC WTR INLET VALVE. b) Ensure XVB09628B-CC.

0 SPENT FUEL HT EXCH B CC WTR OUTLET V LV. is throttled open. c) Ensure Component Cooling 0 Water is supplying non-essential loads. 6) Start XPP0032B-SF.

SPENT 0 FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B (AB-412). (Step 26 continued on next page) (Step 26 continued on next page) PAGE 19 OF 39

  • 27
  • 28
  • AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 26 continued) (Step 26 continued)
7) Ensure Spent Fuel Cooling D Loop A is aligned to cool the Spent Fuel Pool. REFER TO SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM. Check if RCS makeup flow can be reduced: a. Verify core exit thermocouples D a. Continue cooling with RHR. temperatures are LESS THAN RETURN TO Step 23.j. 200 0 F. b. Ensure RCS Hot Leg level D b. RETURN TO Step 23.d. elevation is stable or increasing.
c. Verify RHR cooling is restored.

D Reduce RCS makeup: a. REFER TO ATTACHMENT

4. REDUCING D RCS MAKEUP. b. Verify RCS Hot Leg level D b. Perform the following:

elevation is stable or increasing.

1) Establish RCS makeup flow. REFER TO ATTACHMENT
3. ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP. 2) GO TO Step 32. PAGE 20 OF 39 D D D D
  • 27
  • 28
  • AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION (Step 26 continued) (Step 26 continued)
7) Ensure Spent Fuel Cooling D Loop A is aligned to cool the Spent Fuel Pool. REFER TO SOP-123. SPENT FUEL COOLING SYSTEM. Check if RCS makeup flow can be reduced: a. Verify core exit thermocouples D a. Continue cooling with RHR. temperatures are LESS THAN RETURN TO Step 23.j. 200 0 F. b. Ensure RCS Hot Leg level D b. RETURN TO Step 23.d. elevation is stable or increasing.
c. Verify RHR cooling is restored.

D Reduce RCS makeup: a. REFER TO ATTACHMENT

4. REDUCING D RCS MAKEUP. b. Verify RCS Hot Leg level D b. Perform the following:

elevation is stable or increasing.

1) Establish RCS makeup flow. REFER TO ATTACHMENT
3. ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP. 2) GO TO Step 32. PAGE 20 OF 39 D D D D
  • 29 *
  • AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Secure RWST Cooling: a. Verify RWST temperature is LESS 0 a. WHEN RWST temperature is LESS THAN 1000 F. THAN 100°F. THEN COMPLETE Steps 29 and 30. RETURN TO Step 5. b. Locally stop XPP0032B-SF.

0 SPENT FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B (AB-412).

c. Locally close the following:
  • XVG06662-SF.

REFUEL WTR STG 0 TK SPENT FUEL ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).

  • XVT06691-SF.

SF PURIFICATION 0 HEADER THROTTLE VALVE (RWST PIT).

  • XVD06694-SF.

SF PUR HDR HYDRO 0 TEST HEADER ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).

  • XVG06664-SF.

REFUEL WTR STG 0 TK SF HDR B SUCT ISOL (AB-412).

  • XVG06651-SF.

SPENT FUEL 0 COOLING PUMP B SUCTION VALVE (AB-412).

  • XVD06692-SF.

SF PUR HDR SF 0 HEADER B SUP ISOL VALVE (AB -388) . PAGE 21 OF 39 0 0

  • 29 *
  • AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Secure RWST Cooling: a. Verify RWST temperature is LESS 0 a. WHEN RWST temperature is LESS THAN 1000 F. THAN 100°F. THEN COMPLETE Steps 29 and 30. RETURN TO Step 5. b. Locally stop XPP0032B-SF.

0 SPENT FUEL PIT COOLING PUMP B (AB-412).

c. Locally close the following:
  • XVG06662-SF.

REFUEL WTR STG 0 TK SPENT FUEL ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).

  • XVT06691-SF.

SF PURIFICATION 0 HEADER THROTTLE VALVE (RWST PIT).

  • XVD06694-SF.

SF PUR HDR HYDRO 0 TEST HEADER ISOL VALVE (RWST PIT).

  • XVG06664-SF.

REFUEL WTR STG 0 TK SF HDR B SUCT ISOL (AB-412).

  • XVG06651-SF.

SPENT FUEL 0 COOLING PUMP B SUCTION VALVE (AB-412).

  • XVD06692-SF.

SF PUR HDR SF 0 HEADER B SUP ISOL VALVE (AB -388) . PAGE 21 OF 39 0 0

  • 30
  • 31 32
  • AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Ensure both trains of RB Spray are realigned to normal: a. Verify RB Sump level is LESS 0 a. WHEN RB Sump level is LESS THAN 0 THAN 413 ft. 413 ft. THEN COMPLETE Step 32. RETURN TO Step 5. 0 b. Realign RB Spray Train A to b. Realign RB Spray Train B to normal: normal: 1) Place XPP0038A.

PUMP A. in 0 1) Place XPP0038B.

PUMP B. in 0 PULL TO LK NON-A. PULL TO LK NON-A. 2) Close MVG-3004A and 0 2) Close MVG-3004B and 0 MVG-3005A.

SUMP ISOL LOOP A. MVG-3005B.

SUMP ISOL LOOP B. 3) Locally close XVG03011-SP.

0 3) Locally close XVG03011-SP.

0 RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST ISOL VALVE (AB-374).

ISOL VALVE (AB-374).

4) Locally close and lock 0 4) Locally close and lock 0 XVT03010A-SP.

RB SPRAY PUMP XVT03010B-SP.

RB SPRAY PUMP A TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE B TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE (AB -374) . (AB-374).

5) Open MVG-3001A.

0 5) Open MVG-3001B.

0 RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A SUCT. RWST TO SPRAY PUMP B SUCT. 6) Locally rack out XSW1DA 11. 0 6) Locally rack out XSW1DB 06. 0 RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038A-SP RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038B-SP (IB-463). (IB-436) . RETURN TO Step 5. 0 Verify core exit TC temperatures 0 32 Establish RCS cooldown:

are stable OR decreasing.

a) Operate an RHR loop. REFER TO 0 SOP-liS. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. b) Maintain RCS cooldown rate LESS 0 THAN 50°F/hr. PAGE 22 OF 39

  • 30
  • 31 32
  • AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Ensure both trains of RB Spray are realigned to normal: a. Verify RB Sump level is LESS 0 a. WHEN RB Sump level is LESS THAN 0 THAN 413 ft. 413 ft. THEN COMPLETE Step 32. RETURN TO Step 5. 0 b. Realign RB Spray Train A to b. Realign RB Spray Train B to normal: normal: 1) Place XPP0038A.

PUMP A. in 0 1) Place XPP0038B.

PUMP B. in 0 PULL TO LK NON-A. PULL TO LK NON-A. 2) Close MVG-3004A and 0 2) Close MVG-3004B and 0 MVG-3005A.

SUMP ISOL LOOP A. MVG-3005B.

SUMP ISOL LOOP B. 3) Locally close XVG03011-SP.

0 3) Locally close XVG03011-SP.

0 RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST RB SPRAY PUMP FULL FLOW TEST ISOL VALVE (AB-374).

ISOL VALVE (AB-374).

4) Locally close and lock 0 4) Locally close and lock 0 XVT03010A-SP.

RB SPRAY PUMP XVT03010B-SP.

RB SPRAY PUMP A TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE B TEST HEADER DISCH VALVE (AB -374) . (AB-374).

5) Open MVG-3001A.

0 5) Open MVG-3001B.

0 RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A SUCT. RWST TO SPRAY PUMP B SUCT. 6) Locally rack out XSW1DA 11. 0 6) Locally rack out XSW1DB 06. 0 RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038A-SP RB SPRAY PUMP XPP0038B-SP (IB-463). (IB-436) . RETURN TO Step 5. 0 Verify core exit TC temperatures 0 32 Establish RCS cooldown:

are stable OR decreasing.

a) Operate an RHR loop. REFER TO 0 SOP-liS. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. b) Maintain RCS cooldown rate LESS 0 THAN 50°F/hr. PAGE 22 OF 39

  • 33 34
  • 35 36 ---* AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Restore RCS temperature to LESS THAN l40 o F: a. Maintain RCS cooldown rate LESS 0 THAN 50°F/hr. b. Operate an RHR loop to continue 0 RCS coo1down.

REFER TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. c. Cool down the RCS to LESS THAN 0 140° F. Maintain RCS Hot Leg level elevation GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following:

  • Mansell Level Monitoring System. 0
  • Vi deo Monitor. 0
  • Sight Glass (local). 0
  • LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES 0 (L-1330) (15.5 inches).
  • LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES 0 (L-1331) (15.5 inches). Maintain injection flow until either of the following conditions exist:
  • Cause for loss of RCS inventory 0 has been determined and corrected.

OR

  • Pressurizer level is GREATER 0 THAN OR EOUAL TO 50% on LI -462. COLD CAL LEVEL %. Consult with TSC personnel to 0 determine further actions. -----------------------I End of AOP 115.5 I -------------------------PAGE 23 OF 39 --* 33 34
  • 35 36 ---* AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 LOSS OF RHR WITH THE RCS NOT INTACT (MODES 5 AND 6) ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Restore RCS temperature to LESS THAN l40 o F: a. Maintain RCS cooldown rate LESS 0 THAN 50°F/hr. b. Operate an RHR loop to continue 0 RCS coo1down.

REFER TO SOP-115. RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL. c. Cool down the RCS to LESS THAN 0 140° F. Maintain RCS Hot Leg level elevation GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 430' 10" as indicated on the following:

  • Mansell Level Monitoring System. 0
  • Vi deo Monitor. 0
  • Sight Glass (local). 0
  • LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES 0 (L-1330) (15.5 inches).
  • LR-1331. LP C LVL INCHES 0 (L-1331) (15.5 inches). Maintain injection flow until either of the following conditions exist:
  • Cause for loss of RCS inventory 0 has been determined and corrected.

OR

  • Pressurizer level is GREATER 0 THAN OR EOUAL TO 50% on LI -462. COLD CAL LEVEL %. Consult with TSC personnel to 0 determine further actions. -----------------------I End of AOP 115.5 I -------------------------

PAGE 23 OF 39 --

  • 1 2 3
  • 4 5 6
  • ESTABLISHING COLO LEG INJECTION REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1 OF 2 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if a Charging Pump is 0 1 Start one Charging Pump. REFER TO 0 running. SOP-I02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM. 1£ a Charging Pump can NOT be 0 started. THEN GO TO Step 7. Close MVG-8107 and MVG-8108.

0 CHG LINE ISOL. Align Charging to the RCS Cold 3 Align Alternate Charging to the Legs: RCS Cold Legs: a. Open 0 a) Stop running Charging Pump. 0 HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ. b) Ensure both MVG-8801A(B).

0 b. Verify Cold Leg Injection flow 0 HIGH HEAD TO COLO LEG INJ. on FI-943. CHG LOOP B CLD/HOT are closed. LG FLOW GPM. c) Open MVG-8885.

0 c. Close MVG 8106. CHG PP. 0 CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS. Miniflow Isolation . d) Close MVG-8106.

CHG PP. 0 Miniflow Isolation.

e) Close MVT-8105.

0 SEAL WTR INJ ISOL. f) Start one Charging Pump. 0 Verify Cold Leg Injection flow: 4 Stop running Charging Pump. 0

  • FI-943. 0 GO TO Step 7 . 0 CHG LOOP B CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. OR
  • 0 CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. Restore RCS Hot Leg level to 0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 17 . PAGE 24 OF 39
  • 1 2 3
  • 4 5 6
  • ESTABLISHING COLO LEG INJECTION REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1 OF 2 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if a Charging Pump is 0 1 Start one Charging Pump. REFER TO 0 running. SOP-I02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM. 1£ a Charging Pump can NOT be 0 started. THEN GO TO Step 7. Close MVG-8107 and MVG-8108.

0 CHG LINE ISOL. Align Charging to the RCS Cold 3 Align Alternate Charging to the Legs: RCS Cold Legs: a. Open 0 a) Stop running Charging Pump. 0 HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ. b) Ensure both MVG-8801A(B).

0 b. Verify Cold Leg Injection flow 0 HIGH HEAD TO COLO LEG INJ. on FI-943. CHG LOOP B CLD/HOT are closed. LG FLOW GPM. c) Open MVG-8885.

0 c. Close MVG 8106. CHG PP. 0 CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS. Miniflow Isolation . d) Close MVG-8106.

CHG PP. 0 Miniflow Isolation.

e) Close MVT-8105.

0 SEAL WTR INJ ISOL. f) Start one Charging Pump. 0 Verify Cold Leg Injection flow: 4 Stop running Charging Pump. 0

  • FI-943. 0 GO TO Step 7 . 0 CHG LOOP B CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. OR
  • 0 CHG LOOP A CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. Restore RCS Hot Leg level to 0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 17 . PAGE 24 OF 39
  • *
  • ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 2 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 7 Align RHR Loop A for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs: a. Close and MVG-8702A.

0 RCS LP A TO PUMP A. b. Close MVG-8887B.

0 RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. c. Open 0 RWST TO RHR PP A. d. Open 0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. e. Ensure A OUTLET. is 0 open. f. Ensure A BYP. is open. 8 Monitor RCS MIDLOOP LEVEL MONITORING:

  • LP C LVL INCHES 0 9 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to 0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. --10 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 17 . ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs: a) Close and 0 RCS LP C TO PUMP B. b) Close 0 RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS. c) Open 0 RWST TO RHR PP B. d) Open 0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. e) Ensure B OUTLET. is 0 open. f) Ensure FCV-605B.

B BYP. is open. 8 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level:

  • Sight Glass (local).
  • Video monitor. o o o PAGE 25 OF 39 * *
  • ESTABLISHING COLD LEG INJECTION REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 2 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 7 Align RHR Loop A for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs: a. Close and MVG-8702A.

0 RCS LP A TO PUMP A. b. Close MVG-8887B.

0 RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. c. Open 0 RWST TO RHR PP A. d. Open 0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. e. Ensure A OUTLET. is 0 open. f. Ensure A BYP. is open. 8 Monitor RCS MIDLOOP LEVEL MONITORING:

  • LP C LVL INCHES 0 9 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to 0 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. --10 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 17 . ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs: a) Close and 0 RCS LP C TO PUMP B. b) Close 0 RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS. c) Open 0 RWST TO RHR PP B. d) Open 0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. e) Ensure B OUTLET. is 0 open. f) Ensure FCV-605B.

B BYP. is open. 8 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level:

  • Sight Glass (local).
  • Video monitor. o o o PAGE 25 OF 39
  • 1 2 3 4
  • 5 6
  • ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1 OF 2 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if a Charging Pump is D 1 Start one Charging Pump. REFER TO D running. SOP-I02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM. 1£ a Charging Pump can NOT be D started. THEN GO TO Step 7. Throttle open FCY-122. CHG FLOW. D to increase ReS Hot Leg level. Monitor ReS MIDLOOP LEVEL 3 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level: MONITORING:
  • Sight Glass (local). D
  • LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L -1330).
  • Vi deo monitor. D

Yerify ReS Hot Leg level is D 4 GO TO Step 7. D increasing . Restore ReS Hot Leg level to D GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. RETURN TO Procedure Steps. D Step 19 . PAGE 29 OF 39

  • 1 2 3 4
  • 5 6
  • ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1 OF 2 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if a Charging Pump is D 1 Start one Charging Pump. REFER TO D running. SOP-I02. CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM. 1£ a Charging Pump can NOT be D started. THEN GO TO Step 7. Throttle open FCY-122. CHG FLOW. D to increase ReS Hot Leg level. Monitor ReS MIDLOOP LEVEL 3 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level: MONITORING:
  • Sight Glass (local). D
  • LR-1330. LP A LVL INCHES D (L -1330).
  • Vi deo monitor. D

Yerify ReS Hot Leg level is D 4 GO TO Step 7. D increasing . Restore ReS Hot Leg level to D GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. RETURN TO Procedure Steps. D Step 19 . PAGE 29 OF 39

  • *
  • ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 2 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 7 Align RHR Loop A for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs: a. Close MVG-8701A and MVG-8702A.

[] RCS LP A TO PUMP A. b. Close MVG-8887B.

[] RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. c. Open MVG-8809A.

[] RWST TO RHR PP A. d. Open MVG-8888A.

[] RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. e. Ensure HCV-603A.

A OUTLET. is [] open. f. Ensure FCV-605A.

A BYP. is open. 8 Monitor RCS MIOLOOP LEVEL MONITORING:

[] []

9 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to [] GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. -10 RETURN TO Procedure Steps, [] Step 19. ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs: a) Close MVG-8701B and MVG-8702B.

[] RCS LP C TO PUMP B. b) Close MVG-8887A.

[] RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS. c) Open MVG-8809B.

[] RWST TO RHR PP B. d) Open MVG-8888B.

[] RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. e) Ensure HCV-603B.

B OUTLET. is [] open. f) Ensure FCV-605B.

B BYP. is open. 8 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level:

  • Sight Glass (local).
  • Vi dec monitor. [] [] [] PAGE 30 OF 39 * *
  • ESTABLISHING RCS MAKEUP AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 2 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 7 Align RHR Loop A for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs: a. Close MVG-8701A and MVG-8702A.

[] RCS LP A TO PUMP A. b. Close MVG-8887B.

[] RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. c. Open MVG-8809A.

[] RWST TO RHR PP A. d. Open MVG-8888A.

[] RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. e. Ensure HCV-603A.

A OUTLET. is [] open. f. Ensure FCV-605A.

A BYP. is open. 8 Monitor RCS MIOLOOP LEVEL MONITORING:

[]

[]

9 Restore RCS Hot Leg level to [] GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 15.5 inches. -10 RETURN TO Procedure Steps, [] Step 19. ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 Align RHR Loop B for gravity feed from the RWST to the RCS Cold Legs: a) Close MVG-8701B and MVG-8702B.

[] RCS LP C TO PUMP B. b) Close MVG-8887A.

[] RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS. c) Open MVG-8809B.

[] RWST TO RHR PP B. d) Open MVG-8888B.

[] RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. e) Ensure HCV-603B.

B OUTLET. is [] open. f) Ensure FCV-605B.

B BYP. is open. 8 Monitor RCS Hot Leg level:

  • Sight Glass (local).
  • Vi dec monitor. [] [] [] PAGE 30 OF 39
  • 1 2 3
  • 4 5
  • REDUCING RCS MAKEUP AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1 OF 7 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if a Charging Pump is 0 1 GO TO Step 9. running. Check if Charging is aligned for 2 GO TO Step 7. Hot Leg Injection:
  • MVG-8884 or MVG-8886.

CHG 0 LP A(B) TO HOT LEGS. is open .

  • SI flow is indicated on FI-940 0 or FI-943. CHG LOOP A(B) CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. Terminate Hot Leg Injection:
a. Stop QllY running Charging Pump. 0 b. Open both LCV-115C(E).

0 VCT OUTLET ISOL. c. Close both LCV-115B(D).

0 RWST TO CHG PP SUCT . d. Close FCV-122. CHG FLOW. 0 e. Open both MVG-8107 and 0 MVG-8108.

CHG LINE ISOL. f. Open MVG-8106.

CHG PP. Miniflow 0 Isolation.

g. Close MVG-8884.

0 CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS. h. Close MVG-8886.

0 CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS. i . Start one Charging Pump. 0 j. Adjust FCV-122. CHG FLOW. to 0 obtain 60 gpm Charging flow. Monitor RCS level. 0 Verify RCS level is stable or 0 5 GO TO ATTACHMENT

2. ESTABLISHING increasing . HOT LEG INJECTION.

PAGE 31 OF 39 0 0 0

  • 1 2 3
  • 4 5
  • REDUCING RCS MAKEUP AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1 OF 7 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if a Charging Pump is 0 1 GO TO Step 9. running. Check if Charging is aligned for 2 GO TO Step 7. Hot Leg Injection:
  • MVG-8884 or MVG-8886.

CHG 0 LP A(B) TO HOT LEGS. is open .

  • SI flow is indicated on FI-940 0 or FI-943. CHG LOOP A(B) CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. Terminate Hot Leg Injection:
a. Stop QllY running Charging Pump. 0 b. Open both LCV-115C(E).

0 VCT OUTLET ISOL. c. Close both LCV-115B(D).

0 RWST TO CHG PP SUCT . d. Close FCV-122. CHG FLOW. 0 e. Open both MVG-8107 and 0 MVG-8108.

CHG LINE ISOL. f. Open MVG-8106.

CHG PP. Miniflow 0 Isolation.

g. Close MVG-8884.

0 CHG LP A TO HOT LEGS. h. Close MVG-8886.

0 CHG LP B TO HOT LEGS. i . Start one Charging Pump. 0 j. Adjust FCV-122. CHG FLOW. to 0 obtain 60 gpm Charging flow. Monitor RCS level. 0 Verify RCS level is stable or 0 5 GO TO ATTACHMENT

2. ESTABLISHING increasing . HOT LEG INJECTION.

PAGE 31 OF 39 0 0 0

  • 6 7 *
  • REDUCING RCS MAKEUP AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 7 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28. Check if Charging is aligned for 7 GO TO Step 12. Cold Leg Injection:
a. One of the following valves is open:
  • MVG-8801A(B).

0 HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ. OR

  • MVG-8885.

0 CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS. b. SI flow is indicated on FI-940 0 or FI-943. CHG LOOP A(B) CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. PAGE 32 OF 39 0

  • 6 7 *
  • REDUCING RCS MAKEUP AOP-1l5.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 7 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28. Check if Charging is aligned for 7 GO TO Step 12. Cold Leg Injection:
a. One of the following valves is open:
  • MVG-8801A(B).

0 HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ. OR

  • MVG-8885.

0 CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS. b. SI flow is indicated on FI-940 0 or FI-943. CHG LOOP A(B) CLD/HOT LG FLOW GPM. PAGE 32 OF 39 0

  • 8
  • 9 10 11
  • REDUCING RCS MAKEUP AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 3 OF 7 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Terminate Cold Leg Injection:
a. Stop QflY running Charging Pump. D b. Open both LCV-115CCE).

D VCT OUTLET I SOL. c. Close both LCV-115BCD).

D RWST TO CHG PP SUCT. d. Close FCV-122. CHG FLOW. D e. Open both MVG-8107 and D MVG-8108.

CHG LINE ISOL. f. Open MVG-8106.

CHG PP. Miniflow D Isolation.

g. Ensure Q}l of the following are closed:
  • MVG-8801ACB).

D HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ .

  • MVG-8885.

D CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS. h. Start one Charging Pump. D i. Adjust FCV-122. CHG FLOW. to D obtain 60 gpm Charging flow. Monitor RCS level. D Verify RCS level is stable or D 10 GO TO ATTACHMENT

1. ESTABLISHING increasing.

COLD LEG INJECTION.

RETURN TO Procedure Steps. D Step 28 . PAGE 33 OF 39 D

  • 8
  • 9 10 11
  • REDUCING RCS MAKEUP AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 3 OF 7 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Terminate Cold Leg Injection:
a. Stop QflY running Charging Pump. D b. Open both LCV-115CCE).

D VCT OUTLET I SOL. c. Close both LCV-115BCD).

D RWST TO CHG PP SUCT. d. Close FCV-122. CHG FLOW. D e. Open both MVG-8107 and D MVG-8108.

CHG LINE ISOL. f. Open MVG-8106.

CHG PP. Miniflow D Isolation.

g. Ensure Q}l of the following are closed:
  • MVG-8801ACB).

D HIGH HEAD TO COLD LEG INJ .

  • MVG-8885.

D CHG LP A ALT TO COLD LEGS. h. Start one Charging Pump. D i. Adjust FCV-122. CHG FLOW. to D obtain 60 gpm Charging flow. Monitor RCS level. D Verify RCS level is stable or D 10 GO TO ATTACHMENT

1. ESTABLISHING increasing.

COLD LEG INJECTION.

RETURN TO Procedure Steps. D Step 28 . PAGE 33 OF 39 D

  • 12 *
  • REDUCING RCS MAKEUP REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 4 OF 7 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if RHR Loop A is aligned for 12 GO TO Step 15. gravity feed to the RCS: a.

PUMP A. is secured. 0 b.

RWST TO RHR PP A. is 0 open. c.

and 0 RCS LP A TO PUMP A. are closed. d. One of the following is open:

  • 0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS . PAGE 34 OF 39 0
  • 12 *
  • REDUCING RCS MAKEUP REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 4 OF 7 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if RHR Loop A is aligned for 12 GO TO Step 15. gravity feed to the RCS: a.

PUMP A. is secured. 0 b.

RWST TO RHR PP A. is 0 open. c.

and 0 RCS LP A TO PUMP A. are closed. d. One of the following is open:

  • 0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS . PAGE 34 OF 39 0 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP
  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 13 Realign RHR Loop A: a. Close both of the following:
  • MVG-8888A.

0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS.

  • MVG-8889.

0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. b. Monitor RCS level. 0 c. Verify RCS level is stable or 0 c. increasing.

  • d. Close MVG-8809A.

0 RWST TO RHR PP A. e. Open both MVG-8701A and 0 MVG-8702A.

RCS LP A TO PUMP A. f. Open MVG-8887B.

0 RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. g. Open MVG-8888A.

0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. h. Set FCV-605A.

A BYP. to 40%. 0 i . Open HCV-603A.

A OUTLET. 0 14 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28 .

  • PAGE 35 OF 39 AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 5 OF 7 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Perform the following:
1) Open one of the following to reestablish gravity feed:
  • MVG-8888A.

RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. OR

  • MVG-8889.

RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS . 2) RETURN TO Procedure Steps. Step 28. 0 0 0 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 13 Realign RHR Loop A: a. Close both of the following:
  • MVG-8888A.

0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS.

  • MVG-8889.

0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. b. Monitor RCS level. 0 c. Verify RCS level is stable or 0 c. increasing.

  • d. Close MVG-8809A.

0 RWST TO RHR PP A. e. Open both MVG-8701A and 0 MVG-8702A.

RCS LP A TO PUMP A. f. Open MVG-8887B.

0 RHR LP B TO HOT LEGS. g. Open MVG-8888A.

0 RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. h. Set FCV-605A.

A BYP. to 40%. 0 i . Open HCV-603A.

A OUTLET. 0 14 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28 .

  • PAGE 35 OF 39 AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 5 OF 7 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Perform the following:
1) Open one of the following to reestablish gravity feed:
  • MVG-8888A.

RHR LP A TO COLD LEGS. OR

  • MVG-8889.

RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS . 2) RETURN TO Procedure Steps. Step 28. 0 0 0

  • 15 *
  • REDUCING RCS MAKEUP AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 6 OF 7 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if RHR Loop B is aligned for 15 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. gravity feed to the RCS: Step 28. a. XPP-0031B.

PUMP B. is OFF. 0 b. MVG-8809B.

RWST TO RHR PP B. is 0 open. c. MVG-8701B and MVG-8702B.

0 RCS LP C TO PUMP B. are closed. d. One of the following is open:

  • MVG-8888B.

0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS.

  • MVG-8889.

0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS . PAGE 36 OF 39 0

  • 15 *
  • REDUCING RCS MAKEUP AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 6 OF 7 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Check if RHR Loop B is aligned for 15 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. gravity feed to the RCS: Step 28. a. XPP-0031B.

PUMP B. is OFF. 0 b. MVG-8809B.

RWST TO RHR PP B. is 0 open. c. MVG-8701B and MVG-8702B.

0 RCS LP C TO PUMP B. are closed. d. One of the following is open:

  • MVG-8888B.

0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS.

  • MVG-8889.

0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS . PAGE 36 OF 39 0 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP

  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 16 Realign RHR Loop B: a. Ensure both of the fo 11 owi ng are closed: 1) MVG-8888B.

0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. 2) MVG-8889.

0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. b. Monitor RCS 1 evel . 0 c. Veri fy RCS 1 eve 1 is stable or 0 c. increasing.

  • d. Close MVG-8809B.

0 RWST TO RHR PP B. e. Open both MVG-8701B and 0 MVG-8702B.

RCS LP C TO PUMP B. f. Open MVG-8887A.

0 RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS. g. Open MVG-8888B.

0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. h. Set FCV-605B.

B BYP. to 40%. 0 i . Open HCV-603B, B OUTLET. 0 17 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28 .

  • PAGE 37 OF 39 AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 7 OF 7 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Perform the following:
1) Open one of the following to reestablish gravity feed:
  • MVG-8888B.

RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. OR

  • MVG-8889 . RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. 2) RETURN TO Procedure Steps. Step 28. 0 0 0 REDUCING RCS MAKEUP
  • ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 16 Realign RHR Loop B: a. Ensure both of the fo 11 owi ng are closed: 1) MVG-8888B.

0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. 2) MVG-8889.

0 RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. b. Monitor RCS 1 evel . 0 c. Veri fy RCS 1 eve 1 is stable or 0 c. increasing.

  • d. Close MVG-8809B.

0 RWST TO RHR PP B. e. Open both MVG-8701B and 0 MVG-8702B.

RCS LP C TO PUMP B. f. Open MVG-8887A.

0 RHR LP A TO HOT LEGS. g. Open MVG-8888B.

0 RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. h. Set FCV-605B.

B BYP. to 40%. 0 i . Open HCV-603B, B OUTLET. 0 17 RETURN TO Procedure Steps. 0 Step 28 .

  • PAGE 37 OF 39 AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 7 OF 7 ALTERNATIVE ACTION Perform the following:
1) Open one of the following to reestablish gravity feed:
  • MVG-8888B.

RHR LP B TO COLD LEGS. OR

  • MVG-8889 . RHR LP A&B TO HOT LEGS. 2) RETURN TO Procedure Steps. Step 28. 0 0 0

RVLlS INDICATIONS CENTERLINE RCPFLANGE RVFLANGE PAGE 38 OF 39 UPPER PLENUM (%) AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1 OF 1 ELEVATION

<Fn MANSELUMIDLOOP MONITOR ELEVATION INCHES INCHES (FT) ABOVE CL 430'0" 5% -9 430' 8 %" 14 -1/2 430'9" 14% 0 430' 10" 15% 1 430' 11" 16% 2 431' 1" 18% 4 431'3" 20% 6 431' 5" 22% 8 431' 10" 27% 13 431' 10 %" 28 13 % 431' 11 %" 29 14% 435'0" //////11/

//////11/

437' 7.4" //11//11/

//////11/

RVLlS UPPER PLENUM (%) 65.3 66.9 67.0 67.2 67.4 67.8 68.2 68.7 69.7 69.8 70.0 77.7 84.3

  • RVLlS INDICATIONS
  • CENTERLINE BOTTOM OF SG BOWL It OF Hl PIPE RCPFLANGE
  • RVFLANGE PA G E 38 O F 39 UPPER PLENUM (%) 110 100 90 80 70 AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1 OF 1 E LEVATION (Fn MANSELUMIDLDOP MONITOR ELEVATION INCHES INCHES (FT) ABOVECL 430' 0" 5% -9 430' 8 W' 14 *1/2 430'9" 14 Y l 0 430' 10" 15 1/2 1 430'11" 16 '1 2 2 431'1" 18 '12 4 431' 3" 20 '12 6 431' 5" 22% 8 431' 10" 27 '1 2 13 431'10 '/2" 28 13 '12 431'11 %" 29 14 '12 435'0" 111111111 111111111 437' 7.4" 111111111 111111111 RVLlS UPPER PLENUM (%) 65.3 66.9 67.0 67.2 67.4 67.8 68.2 68 , 7 69.7 69.8 70.0 77.7 84.3
  • R E Q U I R E D H 0 T L E
  • G L E V E L E L E V A T I 0 N
  • AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1 OF 1 REQUIRED Res HOT LEG LEVEL ELEVATION VS RHR FLOW 431 _._--

._._---_.

2" 431' 1'1.' 431' 1" 431' "12" 431' : I I I I V 1--TECH SPEC / I REQmRED FLOW I >2800GPMIN V flllODE6 V I V I I REGION OF I / ACCEPTABLE I V OPERATION I IN MODE 5 I / I 430' 11%" 430' lV V V

  • REGION OF I I UNACCEPTABLE I OPERATION 11" 430' 10'1.' 430' 10" 430' 9'/.'
  • V
  • I I ) I
  • V I I / I . I I I / I I L If I 430' 9" I I I I 430' 8'1.' If 1 / 1 I I I 430' 8" I I L 1,000 1.soo 2,000 3.000 uoo 4.000 RHR LOOP FLOW (GPM) PAGE 39 OF 39 19%" 19" 18'1.' 18" R E Q 17'1.' U I R E 17" D H 16%" 0 T L 16" E G 15'1.' L E V E 15" L 14'/.' 14" 13%"
  • R E Q U I R E D H 0 T L E
  • G L E V E L E L E V A T I 0 N
  • AOP-115.5 REVISION 5 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1 OF 1 REQUIRED Res HOT LEG LEVEL ELEVATION VS RHR FLOW 431 _._--

._._---_.

2" 431' 1'1.' 431' 1" 431' "12" 431' : I I I I V 1--TECH SPEC / I REQmRED FLOW I >2800GPMIN V flllODE6 V I V I I REGION OF I / ACCEPTABLE I V OPERATION I IN MODE 5 I / I 430' 11%" 430' lV V V

  • REGION OF I I UNACCEPTABLE I OPERATION 11" 430' 10'1.' 430' 10" 430' 9'/.'
  • V
  • I I ) I
  • V I I / I . I I I / I I L If I 430' 9" I I I I 430' 8'1.' If 1 / 1 I I I 430' 8" I I L 1,000 1.soo 2,000 3.000 uoo 4.000 RHR LOOP FLOW (GPM) PAGE 39 OF 39 19%" 19" 18'1.' 18" R E Q 17'1.' U I R E 17" D H 16%" 0 T L 16" E G 15'1.' L E V E 15" L 14'/.' 14" 13%"
  • '-'-*"

WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/12/2009 REV NO: 1 CANDIDATE EXAMINER:

THIS JPM IS APPROVED MOlltiay.

JIIII£' 12, 1()()9 Pag£' I 0/9 * '-'-*"

WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/12/2009 REV NO: 1 CANDIDATE EXAMINER:

THIS JPM IS APPROVED MOlltiay.

JIIII£' 12, 1()()9 Pag£' I 0/9

, . *' *

  • TASK: 045-020-04-01 TASK STANDARD:

RESPOND TO FAILURE OF TURBINE TO TRIP Steam flow to the turbine is secured by tripping the main turbine. Safety Injection is manually actuated.

The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.

TERMINATING CUE: Safety Injection manually actuated.

PREFERRED EV-tLUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUA TION METHOD PERFORM SIMULATOR

REFERENCES:

EOP-1.0 REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 045000K447 K4.47 Turbine trip upon reactor trip 4.0 4.3 000007A101 EA1.01 T/G controls 3.7 3.4 000007A107 EA1.07 MT/G trip; verification that the MT/G has 4.3 4.3 been tripped 000007A202 EA2.02 Proper actions to be taken if the 4.3 4.6 automatic safety functions have not taken place TOOLS: EOP-1.0 EVALUA.TlON TIME 10 TIME CRITICAL No lOCFR55: 45(a)6 TIME START TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME: PERFORiUANCE RA TlNG: SAT: UNSAT: EXAMINER:

SI(iNATtJRE DATE Jfollday.

Jlllle 21, lIJ1J9 Page 1 of9 , . *' *

  • TASK: 045-020-04-01 TASK STANDARD:

RESPOND TO FAILURE OF TURBINE TO TRIP Steam flow to the turbine is secured by tripping the main turbine. Safety Injection is manually actuated.

The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.

TERMINATING CUE: Safety Injection manually actuated.

PREFERRED EV-tLUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUA TION METHOD PERFORM SIMULATOR

REFERENCES:

EOP-1.0 REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 045000K447 K4.47 Turbine trip upon reactor trip 4.0 4.3 000007A101 EA1.01 T/G controls 3.7 3.4 000007A107 EA1.07 MT/G trip; verification that the MT/G has 4.3 4.3 been tripped 000007A202 EA2.02 Proper actions to be taken if the 4.3 4.6 automatic safety functions have not taken place TOOLS: EOP-1.0 EVALUA.TlON TIME 10 TIME CRITICAL No lOCFR55: 45(a)6 TIME START TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME: PERFORiUANCE RA TlNG: SAT: UNSAT: EXAMINER:

SI(iNATtJRE DATE Jfollday.

Jlllle 21, lIJ1J9 Page 1 of9

  • *
  • INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERA TOR: WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SA.FETY CONSIDERA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:

The plant is at 25% power, steady state conditions.

INITIA. TING CUES: You are the NROATC. The BOP is outside the Control Room. You are instructed to monitor the plant. HAND JPitJ BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TlillE! Monday, Jllne 21. l()09 Page 3 of9 * *

  • INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERA TOR: WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SA.FETY CONSIDERA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:

The plant is at 25% power, steady state conditions.

INITIA. TING CUES: You are the NROATC. The BOP is outside the Control Room. You are instructed to monitor the plant. HAND JPitJ BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TlillE! Monday, Jllne 21. l()09 Page 3 of9

  • *
  • STEPS STEP: CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify Turbine/Generator Trip: a. Verify all Turbine STM STOP VLVs are closed. C01"li"IENTS:

STEP: 2 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Trip the turbine. COMMENTS:

STEP: 3 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN: Set LOAD LMT SET fully Counterclockwise.

COMMENTS:

Monday. June 12. 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator determines main turbine has NOT tripped; XCP-6114, Turbine STM STOP VLV status lights and/or L VDT current indicates stop valves still open. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Operator locates and depresses TURBINE TRIP pushbutton; determines stop valves remain open and turbine is NOT tripped. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and turns LOAD LMT SET fully counterclockwise.

SAT UNSAT Page 50f9 *

  • STEPS STEP: CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify Turbine/Generator Trip: a. Verify all Turbine STM STOP VLVs are closed. C01"li"IENTS:

STEP: 2 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Trip the turbine. COMMENTS:

STEP: 3 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN: Set LOAD LMT SET fully Counterclockwise.

COMMENTS:

Monday. June 12. 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator determines main turbine has NOT tripped; XCP-6114, Turbine STM STOP VLV status lights and/or L VDT current indicates stop valves still open. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Operator locates and depresses TURBINE TRIP pushbutton; determines stop valves remain open and turbine is NOT tripped. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and turns LOAD LMT SET fully counterclockwise.

SAT UNSAT Page 50f9

  • *
  • STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN: Place EHC Pumps A and B in PULL TO LK NON-A. COMMENTS:

STEP: 5 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN: Locally trip the Main Turbine from the Turbine Front Standard (TB-463).

COMMENTS:

STEP: 6 CUES: STEP STANDA.RD:

Operator locates and places both EHC pump control switches in PULL TO LK NON-A; verifies green lights ON and red lights OFF. STEP STANDA.RD:

SAT UNSAT Operator contacts and directs TB Operator to trip turbine locally; verifies main turbine trip indication via XCP-6114, Turbine STM STOP VLV closed status lights lit and/or L VDT meter readings.

SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.

  • NOTE: If greater than 30 seconds, Operator may choose to open generator breakers manually
  • from MCB. I ______

CR SEQ Yes Yes Ensure Generator Trip (after 30 second delay): 1) Ensure the GEN BKR is open. 2) Ensure the GEN FIELD BKR is open. 3) Ensure the EXC FIELD CNTRL is tripped. COMMENTS: .llonday.

June 21, ]()()9 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and verifies GEN BKR and GEN FIELD BKR indicate OPEN; green light ON and red light OFF. Operator verifies EXC FIELD CNTRL is tripped; green light ON and red light OFF. SAT UNSAT Page 6 0/9 * *

  • STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN: Place EHC Pumps A and B in PULL TO LK NON-A. COMMENTS:

STEP: 5 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes IF the Turbine will NOT trip, THEN: Locally trip the Main Turbine from the Turbine Front Standard (TB-463).

COMMENTS:

STEP: 6 CUES: STEP STANDA.RD:

Operator locates and places both EHC pump control switches in PULL TO LK NON-A; verifies green lights ON and red lights OFF. STEP STANDA.RD:

SAT UNSAT Operator contacts and directs TB Operator to trip turbine locally; verifies main turbine trip indication via XCP-6114, Turbine STM STOP VLV closed status lights lit and/or L VDT meter readings.

SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.

  • NOTE: If greater than 30 seconds, Operator may choose to open generator breakers manually
  • from MCB. I ______

CR SEQ Yes Yes Ensure Generator Trip (after 30 second delay): 1) Ensure the GEN BKR is open. 2) Ensure the GEN FIELD BKR is open. 3) Ensure the EXC FIELD CNTRL is tripped. COMMENTS: .llonday.

June 21, ]()()9 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and verifies GEN BKR and GEN FIELD BKR indicate OPEN; green light ON and red light OFF. Operator verifies EXC FIELD CNTRL is tripped; green light ON and red light OFF. SAT UNSAT Page 6 0/9

  • *
  • CUES: CR SEQ No Yes STEP: 7 Verify both ESF busses are energized.

COMMENTS:

STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Check if SI is actuated:

Check if either: STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and verifies ESF busses 1DA & 1 DB energized; verifies red lights ON and amps normal. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator checks SI ACT status light on XCP-6107 1-1 and determines it is NOT lit. SI ACT status light is bright on XCP-6107 1-AND 1. OR Any red first-out SI annunciator is lit on XCP-626 top row. COMMENTS:

Honday, June 21, 2009 checks XCP-626 top row and determines that a red first-out SI annunciator IS lit. Operator determines that SI is NOT actuated and actuates SI using either SI ACTUATION Switch. SAT UNSAT Page 'i of9 * *

  • CUES: CR SEQ No Yes STEP: 7 Verify both ESF busses are energized.

COMMENTS:

STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Check if SI is actuated:

Check if either: STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and verifies ESF busses 1DA & 1 DB energized; verifies red lights ON and amps normal. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator checks SI ACT status light on XCP-6107 1-1 and determines it is NOT lit. SI ACT status light is bright on XCP-6107 1-AND 1. OR Any red first-out SI annunciator is lit on XCP-626 top row. COMMENTS:

Honday, June 21, 2009 checks XCP-626 top row and determines that a red first-out SI annunciator IS lit. Operator determines that SI is NOT actuated and actuates SI using either SI ACTUATION Switch. SAT UNSAT Page 'i of9

  • *
  • STEP: 9 CL'ES: CR SEQ No Yes Check if SI is required:

Check if any of the following conditions exist: -PZR pressure LESS THAN 1850 psig. -RB pressure GREATER THAN 3.6 psig. -Steam line pressure LESS THAN 675 psig. -Steam line differential pressure GREATER THAN 97 psid. COMil'IENTS:

STEP: 10 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Operator determines SI is required based on PZR pressure less than 1850 psig. SAT __ UNSAT 1------------------------------------.

I This should be accomplished by the end of Step 5 of EOP-1.0 if PZR pressure is already < 1850 I Ipsig. If >1850 psig at Step 5 of EOP-1.0, operator will transition to EOP-1.1, where the Reference I tage SI criteria may be applied OR SI must be initiated by the end of Step 8 of EOP-1.1 if PZR is

___________________________

.: CR SEQ Yes Yes Actuate SI using either SI ACTUATION Switch. COMMENTS:

Examiner ends JPM at this point. .l!onJay * .llIne 21, 1()()9 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and places either SI ACTUATION switch in Actuate; verifies SI actuated indicated on XCP-6107 1-1, SI ACT status light lit. SAT UNSAT Page 8 of9 * *

  • STEP: 9 CL'ES: CR SEQ No Yes Check if SI is required:

Check if any of the following conditions exist: -PZR pressure LESS THAN 1850 psig. -RB pressure GREATER THAN 3.6 psig. -Steam line pressure LESS THAN 675 psig. -Steam line differential pressure GREATER THAN 97 psid. COMil'IENTS:

STEP: 10 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Operator determines SI is required based on PZR pressure less than 1850 psig. SAT __ UNSAT 1------------------------------------.

I This should be accomplished by the end of Step 5 of EOP-1.0 if PZR pressure is already < 1850 I Ipsig. If >1850 psig at Step 5 of EOP-1.0, operator will transition to EOP-1.1, where the Reference I tage SI criteria may be applied OR SI must be initiated by the end of Step 8 of EOP-1.1 if PZR is ___________________________

.: CR SEQ Yes Yes Actuate SI using either SI ACTUATION Switch. COMMENTS:

Examiner ends JPM at this point. .l!onJay * .llIne 21, 1()()9 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and places either SI ACTUATION switch in Actuate; verifies SI actuated indicated on XCP-6107 1-1, SI ACT status light lit. SAT UNSAT Page 8 of9

  • *
  • JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPSF-022B DESCRIPTION:

RESPOND TO TURBINE TRIP FAILURE (WITH SI REQUIRED)

IC SET: 13 INSTRUCTIONS:

1. RUN 2. Activate:

MAL-TUR020 SELECT= BOTH MAL-RCS006C SET = (???) MALF MSS006A SET = Fail to Close MALF MSS006B SET = Fail to Close MALF MSS006C SET = Fail to Close (Turbine Trip Failure in auto and manual) (RCS Cold Leg Loop 3) (MSIV'A') (MSIV'B') (MSIV'C')

MALF PCS005A SET = Fail to Initiate (SI Train 'A') MALF PCS005B SET = Fail to Initiate (SI Train 'B') 3. When student ready: RUN 4. When requested, activate:

LOA-TUR011 SELECT=TRIP (Local Turbine Trip at Front Standard)

Set Trigger #1. COi\;LUENTS:

MOl/day. lillie 22, 1()09 Page 90f9 *

  • JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPSF-022B DESCRIPTION:

RESPOND TO TURBINE TRIP FAILURE (WITH SI REQUIRED)

IC SET: 13 INSTRUCTIONS:

1. RUN 2. Activate:

MAL-TUR020 SELECT= BOTH MAL-RCS006C SET = (???) MALF MSS006A SET = Fail to Close MALF MSS006B SET = Fail to Close MALF MSS006C SET = Fail to Close (Turbine Trip Failure in auto and manual) (RCS Cold Leg Loop 3) (MSIV'A') (MSIV'B') (MSIV'C')

MALF PCS005A SET = Fail to Initiate (SI Train 'A') MALF PCS005B SET = Fail to Initiate (SI Train 'B') 3. When student ready: RUN 4. When requested, activate:

LOA-TUR011 SELECT=TRIP (Local Turbine Trip at Front Standard)

Set Trigger #1. COi\;LUENTS:

MOl/day. lillie 22, 1()09 Page 90f9 JPft;[ BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDEJU TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:

The plant is at 25% power, steady state conditions.

INITIATING CUES: You are the NROATC. The BOP is outside the Control Room. You are instructed to monitor the plant. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Jfontiay.

Jllne 12, 2()()9 JPft;[ BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDEJU TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:

The plant is at 25% power, steady state conditions.

INITIATING CUES: You are the NROATC. The BOP is outside the Control Room. You are instructed to monitor the plant. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Jfontiay.

Jllne 12, 2()()9

  • *
  • V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPSF-0198 MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY (WI FAILURE OF TRAIN 'A' & TRAIN 'B' SWITCHES)

APPROVAL:

WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 C ANOIDA Tf': EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED ,lfollda), * .lillie 12. 2009 f. Page J of9 * *

  • V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPM NO: JPSF-0198 MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY (WI FAILURE OF TRAIN 'A' & TRAIN 'B' SWITCHES)

APPROVAL:

WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/22/2009 REV NO: 0 C ANOIDA Tf': EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED ,lfollda), * .lillie 12. 2009 f. Page J of9

  • *
  • TASK: 026-005-01-01 MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY TASK STANDARD:

At least one train of Containment Spray is manually actuated with greater than 2500 gpm and RCP's are secured due to Phase B actuation when directed by procedure.

The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.

TERMINATING CUE: RB spray pumps started with flow indicated on FI-7368 and FI-7378 and RCP's secured. PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION SIMULATOR

REFERENCES:

EOP-1.0 INDEX NO. KIA NO. 026000A401 A4.01 CSS controls PREFERRED EVALUA TION METHOD PERFORM REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION RO SRO 4.5 4.3 000011A104 EA1.04 ESF actuation system in manual 4.4 4.4 026000A203 A2.03 Failure of ESF 4.1 4.4 TOOLS: EOP-1.0 EVALUA TION TIME 5 TIME CRITICAL NO IOCFR55: 45(a)8 TIME START: TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME --

---_.------PERFORMANCE RA TING: SAT: UNSAT: EXAll'lINER:

SIGNATURE DATE Mllllday.

JUlie 21. 20fJ9 Page 1 of9 * *

  • TASK: 026-005-01-01 MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY TASK STANDARD:

At least one train of Containment Spray is manually actuated with greater than 2500 gpm and RCP's are secured due to Phase B actuation when directed by procedure.

The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.

TERMINATING CUE: RB spray pumps started with flow indicated on FI-7368 and FI-7378 and RCP's secured. PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION SIMULATOR

REFERENCES:

EOP-1.0 INDEX NO. KIA NO. 026000A401 A4.01 CSS controls PREFERRED EVALUA TION METHOD PERFORM REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION RO SRO 4.5 4.3 000011A104 EA1.04 ESF actuation system in manual 4.4 4.4 026000A203 A2.03 Failure of ESF 4.1 4.4 TOOLS: EOP-1.0 EVALUA TION TIME 5 TIME CRITICAL NO IOCFR55: 45(a)8 TIME START: TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME --

---_.------PERFORMANCE RA TING: SAT: UNSAT: EXAll'lINER:

SIGNATURE DATE Mllllday.

JUlie 21. 20fJ9 Page 1 of9

  • *
  • INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERA TOR: WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS: INITIAL CONDITION:

The plant was operating at 100% power when a reactor trip and safety injection occurred.

INITIATING CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to perform Step 8 of EOP-1.0, Reactor Trip/Safety Injection Actuation.

HAND JPM BRIEFll...,C; SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TiME' Jfol1day, .lIllie 12. 2009 Page 3 of9 * *

  • INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERA TOR: WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS: INITIAL CONDITION:

The plant was operating at 100% power when a reactor trip and safety injection occurred.

INITIATING CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to perform Step 8 of EOP-1.0, Reactor Trip/Safety Injection Actuation.

HAND JPM BRIEFll...,C; SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TiME' Jfol1day, .lIllie 12. 2009 Page 3 of9

  • STEPS STEP: CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify RB pressure has remained LESS THAN 12 psig on PR-951, RB PSIG (P-951), red pen. COMMENTS:

STEP: 2 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify both of the following annunciators are lit: -XCP-612 3-2 (RB SPR ACT). -XCP-612 4-2 (PHASE B ISOL). COMMENTS:

STEP: 3 CUES: STEP STA.NDARD:

Operator locates PR-951, determines RB pressure>

12 psig and goes to Alternative Action. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Operator locates and verifies XCP-612 3 2 and XCP-612 4-2 are NOT lit. SAT UNSAT 1------------------------------------.

  • EVALUATOR CUE: If Examinee attempts to operate the two Train "A" switches (top pair), failure of *
  • spray to actuate should prompt Operator to use Train "B" (bottom pair) switches, which will not * .

CR SEQ Yes Yes IF either annunciator is NOT lit, THEN actuate RB Spray by placing the following switches to ACTUATE: -Both CS-SGA 1 and CS-SGA2. OR -Both CS-SGB1 and CS-SGB2. COJ-I/'rfENTS:

Jfollda), * .lillie 22, 2009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and places CS-SGB1 AND CS-SGB2 switches in ACTUATE position.

SAT UNSAT Page -' 0/9 * *

  • STEPS STEP: CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify RB pressure has remained LESS THAN 12 psig on PR-951, RB PSIG (P-951), red pen. COMMENTS:

STEP: 2 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify both of the following annunciators are lit: -XCP-612 3-2 (RB SPR ACT). -XCP-612 4-2 (PHASE B ISOL). COMMENTS:

STEP: 3 CUES: STEP STA.NDARD:

Operator locates PR-951, determines RB pressure>

12 psig and goes to Alternative Action. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Operator locates and verifies XCP-612 3 2 and XCP-612 4-2 are NOT lit. SAT UNSAT 1------------------------------------.

  • EVALUATOR CUE: If Examinee attempts to operate the two Train "A" switches (top pair), failure of *
  • spray to actuate should prompt Operator to use Train "B" (bottom pair) switches, which will not * .

CR SEQ Yes Yes IF either annunciator is NOT lit, THEN actuate RB Spray by placing the following switches to ACTUATE: -Both CS-SGA 1 and CS-SGA2. OR -Both CS-SGB1 and CS-SGB2. COJ-I/'rfENTS:

Jfollda), * .lillie 22, 2009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and places CS-SGB1 AND CS-SGB2 switches in ACTUATE position.

SAT UNSAT Page -' 0/9

  • *
  • STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify Phase B Isolation by ensuring RB SPRAY/PHASE B ISOL monitor lights are bright on XCP-6105.

COMiUENTS:

STEP: 5 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Ensure the following are open: -MVG-3001A(B), RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUCT. COiUMENTS:

MOllday, .lillie 12, 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator checks XCP-6105 and notes the following lits are NOT lit: MS LOOP A ISOL 2801A CLSD MS LOOP B ISOL 2801 B CLSD MS LOOP C ISOL 2801C CLSD CC TO RC CNTMT ISOL 9568 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9600 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9605 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9606 CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633A CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633C CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633B CLSD RB SPR PP A 38A RUN RB SPR PP B 38B RUN STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG-3001A and MVG-3001 B in OPEN. Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF. SAT ___ UNSAT Page 6 0/9 * *

  • STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify Phase B Isolation by ensuring RB SPRAY/PHASE B ISOL monitor lights are bright on XCP-6105.

COMiUENTS:

STEP: 5 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Ensure the following are open: -MVG-3001A(B), RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUCT. COiUMENTS:

MOllday, .lillie 12, 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator checks XCP-6105 and notes the following lits are NOT lit: MS LOOP A ISOL 2801A CLSD MS LOOP B ISOL 2801 B CLSD MS LOOP C ISOL 2801C CLSD CC TO RC CNTMT ISOL 9568 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9600 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9605 CLSD RCP THERM BAR ISOL 9606 CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633A CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633C CLSD CHEM FEED CNTMT ISOL 1633B CLSD RB SPR PP A 38A RUN RB SPR PP B 38B RUN STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG-3001A and MVG-3001 B in OPEN. Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF. SAT ___ UNSAT Page 6 0/9

  • *
  • STEP: 6 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Ensure the following are open: -MVG-3002A(B), NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUeT. COMMENTS:

STEP: 7 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Ensure the following are open: -MVG-3003A(B), SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP A(B) . COMMENTS:

STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Ensure both RB Spray Pumps are running. COJJMENTS:

HOliday * .lillie 22. 2009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG-3002A and MVG-3002B in OPEN. Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG-3003A and MVG-3003B in OPEN. Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Operator locates control switches and places switches for both RB Spray Pumps A and B in START. Verifies red lights ON, green lights OFF, and normal amps. SAT UNSAT Page':' 0/9 * *

  • STEP: 6 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Ensure the following are open: -MVG-3002A(B), NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUeT. COMMENTS:

STEP: 7 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Ensure the following are open: -MVG-3003A(B), SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP A(B) . COMMENTS:

STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Ensure both RB Spray Pumps are running. COJJMENTS:

HOliday * .lillie 22. 2009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG-3002A and MVG-3002B in OPEN. Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates control switches and momentarily places switches for MVG-3003A and MVG-3003B in OPEN. Verifies red lights ON and green lights OFF. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Operator locates control switches and places switches for both RB Spray Pumps A and B in START. Verifies red lights ON, green lights OFF, and normal amps. SAT UNSAT Page':' 0/9

  • *
  • STEP: 9 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify RB Spray flow is GREATER THAN 2500 gpm for each operating train on: -FI-7368, SPR PP A DISCH FLOW GPM. -FI-7378, SPR PP B DISCH FLOW GPM. COMMENTS:

STEP: 10 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates FI-7368 and FI-7378 and verifies RB Spray flow is greater than 2500 gpm. SAT UNSAT 1------------------------------------

  • NOTE: RCPs may be stopped any time following RB Spray/Phase B Isolation actuation, but must *
  • b2

!2.Y ,2t

  • __________________

.. CR SEQ Yes Yes Stop all RCPs. COMJl-fENTS:

Examiner ends JPM at this point. ;\fonda), * .lillie n. 2009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and places RCP A, B, and C control switches in OFF. Verifies green lights ON, red lights OFF, and zero amps. SAT UNSAT Page 8 of9 * *

  • STEP: 9 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify RB Spray flow is GREATER THAN 2500 gpm for each operating train on: -FI-7368, SPR PP A DISCH FLOW GPM. -FI-7378, SPR PP B DISCH FLOW GPM. COMMENTS:

STEP: 10 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates FI-7368 and FI-7378 and verifies RB Spray flow is greater than 2500 gpm. SAT UNSAT 1------------------------------------

  • NOTE: RCPs may be stopped any time following RB Spray/Phase B Isolation actuation, but must *
  • b2

!2.Y ,2t

  • __________________

.. CR SEQ Yes Yes Stop all RCPs. COMJl-fENTS:

Examiner ends JPM at this point. ;\fonda), * .lillie n. 2009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and places RCP A, B, and C control switches in OFF. Verifies green lights ON, red lights OFF, and zero amps. SAT UNSAT Page 8 of9

  • *
  • JPl\-l SETUP SHEET JP1U NO: JPSF-019B DESCRIPTION:

MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY (WI FAILURE OF TRAIN 'A' & TRAIN 'B' SWITCHES)

IC SET: IC-10 INSTRUCTIONS:

1.Activate:

BST-SP009???, SELECT=AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 1 [950A] fail as is) -change to bistable operation BST-SP010???, SELECT= AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 2 [951A] fail as is) -change to bistable operation BST-SP016???, SELECT = AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 4 [953A] fail as is) -change to bistable operation OVR-SG011, SELECT=FALSE (TRUE???), (Fail RB Spray actuation switch) CS-SGA 1 (Train A) OVR-SG012, SELECT=FALSE (TRUE???), (Fail RB Spray actuation switch) CS-SGA2 (Train A) NEED TO ADD 'B' TRAIN SWITCHES????

2.RUN until RB pressure>

12 psig and ESF loading sequencer is complete (approximately 60 seconds). Leave RCPs running. 3. Perform actions of EOP-1.0. 3. FREEZE 4.When student is ready: RUN COMMENTS:

Failing 1/2 switches in a train will disable that function.

MOllday, .lillie 2], 2009 Page 9of9 * *

  • JPl\-l SETUP SHEET JP1U NO: JPSF-019B DESCRIPTION:

MANUALLY INITIATE REACTOR BUILDING SPRAY (WI FAILURE OF TRAIN 'A' & TRAIN 'B' SWITCHES)

IC SET: IC-10 INSTRUCTIONS:

1.Activate:

BST-SP009???, SELECT=AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 1 [950A] fail as is) -change to bistable operation BST-SP010???, SELECT= AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 2 [951A] fail as is) -change to bistable operation BST-SP016???, SELECT = AS IS, (HI-3 Channel 4 [953A] fail as is) -change to bistable operation OVR-SG011, SELECT=FALSE (TRUE???), (Fail RB Spray actuation switch) CS-SGA 1 (Train A) OVR-SG012, SELECT=FALSE (TRUE???), (Fail RB Spray actuation switch) CS-SGA2 (Train A) NEED TO ADD 'B' TRAIN SWITCHES????

2.RUN until RB pressure>

12 psig and ESF loading sequencer is complete (approximately 60 seconds). Leave RCPs running. 3. Perform actions of EOP-1.0. 3. FREEZE 4.When student is ready: RUN COMMENTS:

Failing 1/2 switches in a train will disable that function.

MOllday, .lillie 2], 2009 Page 9of9 JP111 BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: INITL4.L CONDITION:

The plant was operating at 100% power when a reactor trip and safety injection occurred.

INITIATING CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to perform Step 8 of EOP-1.0, Reactor Trip/Safety Injection Actuation.

HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Jfol1doy * .lime 22. 2009 JP111 BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: INITL4.L CONDITION:

The plant was operating at 100% power when a reactor trip and safety injection occurred.

INITIATING CUES: As the NROATC, you are directed to perform Step 8 of EOP-1.0, Reactor Trip/Safety Injection Actuation.

HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Jfol1doy * .lime 22. 2009

  • 8 *
  • EOP-1.0 REVISION 23 REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Verify RB pressure has remained D
  • 8 Perform the following:

LESS THAN 12 psig on PR-951. RB PSIG (P-951). red pen. a) Verify both the following annunciators are lit:

  • XCP-612 3-2 (RB SPR ACT).
  • XCP-612 4-2 (PHASE B ISOl). IF either annunciator is NOT Tit, THEN actuate RB Spray by placing the following switches to ACTUATE:
  • Both CS-SGAI and CS-SGA2. OR
  • Both CS-SGBI and CS-SGB2. b) Verify Phase B Isolation by ensuring RB SPRAY/PHASE B ISOL monitor lights are bright on XCP-6105 . c) Ensure the following are open:
  • MVG-3001A(B), RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUCT .
  • MVG-3002A(B), NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUCT.
  • MVG-3003A(B).

SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP A(B). d) Ensure both RB Spray Pumps are running. e) Verify RB Spray flow is GREATER THAN 2500 gpm for each operating train on:

  • FI-7368, SPR PP A DISCH FLOW GPM.
  • FI-7378, SPR PP B DISCH FLOW GPM. f) Stop Qll RCPs. PAGE 6 OF 33 D D D D D D D D D D D D *
  • 8 *
  • EOP-1.0 REVISION 23 REACTOR TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION Verify RB pressure has remained D
  • 8 Perform the following:

LESS THAN 12 psig on PR-951. RB PSIG (P-951). red pen. a) Verify both the following annunciators are lit:

  • XCP-612 3-2 (RB SPR ACT).
  • XCP-612 4-2 (PHASE B ISOl). IF either annunciator is NOT Tit, THEN actuate RB Spray by placing the following switches to ACTUATE:
  • Both CS-SGAI and CS-SGA2. OR
  • Both CS-SGBI and CS-SGB2. b) Verify Phase B Isolation by ensuring RB SPRAY/PHASE B ISOL monitor lights are bright on XCP-6105 . c) Ensure the following are open:
  • MVG-3001A(B), RWST TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUCT .
  • MVG-3002A(B), NAOH TO SPRAY PUMP A(B) SUCT.
  • MVG-3003A(B).

SPRAY HDR ISOL LOOP A(B). d) Ensure both RB Spray Pumps are running. e) Verify RB Spray flow is GREATER THAN 2500 gpm for each operating train on:

  • FI-7368, SPR PP A DISCH FLOW GPM.
  • FI-7378, SPR PP B DISCH FLOW GPM. f) Stop Qll RCPs. PAGE 6 OF 33 D D D D D D D D D D D D
  • *

WRQ APPROVAL DA TE: 6/12/2009 RE V NO: 0 CANDIDATE EXAMINER:

THIS JPM IS APPROVED Jfollday, .lillie 1}, 1009 Page lof7 * *

WRQ APPROVAL DA TE: 6/12/2009 RE V NO: 0 CANDIDATE EXAMINER:

THIS JPM IS APPROVED Jfollday, .lillie 1}, 1009 Page lof7

  • *
  • TASK: TASK STANDARD:

RCS depressurized to allow SI flow to refill the PZR to > 30% (50%) and PZR PORV block valve is closed to isolate the failed open PORV. TERJllNA TING CUE: RCS depressurization complete when task standard met and the block valve for the failed PORV is closed. PREFERRED EVALU.f TION LOCA TION PREFERRED E VAL UA TION ilIETHOD PERFORM SIMULATOR

REFERENCES:

INDEX NO. KIA NO. 000038A104 EA1.04 0000092123 2.1.23 00WE03A101 EA1.1 TOOLS: EOP-2.1 EVALUA TION TIME TIME START:

PERFORMANCE RA TING: E.XAMINER:

M01lday * .Il1ne 11. 1009 RO SRO PZR spray, to reduce coolant system 4.3 4.1 pressure Ability to perform specific system and 4.3 4.4 integrated plant procedures during all modes of plant operation.

Components, and functions of control 4.0 4.0 and safety systems, including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features 10 TIllIE CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)6 TllvlE FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME:

_ ..

SAT: L!NSAT: SIGNATURE DATE Page1o/7 *

  • TASK: TASK STANDARD:

RCS depressurized to allow SI flow to refill the PZR to > 30% (50%) and PZR PORV block valve is closed to isolate the failed open PORV. TERJllNA TING CUE: RCS depressurization complete when task standard met and the block valve for the failed PORV is closed. PREFERRED EVALU.f TION LOCA TION PREFERRED E VAL UA TION ilIETHOD PERFORM SIMULATOR

REFERENCES:

INDEX NO. KIA NO. 000038A104 EA1.04 0000092123 2.1.23 00WE03A101 EA1.1 TOOLS: EOP-2.1 EVALUA TION TIME TIME START:

PERFORMANCE RA TING: E.XAMINER:

M01lday * .Il1ne 11. 1009 RO SRO PZR spray, to reduce coolant system 4.3 4.1 pressure Ability to perform specific system and 4.3 4.4 integrated plant procedures during all modes of plant operation.

Components, and functions of control 4.0 4.0 and safety systems, including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features 10 TIllIE CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)6 TllvlE FINISH: PERFORMANCE TIME:

_ ..

SAT: L!NSAT: SIGNATURE DATE Page1o/7

  • *
  • INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERA TOR: WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING.

I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS.

WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY.

THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:

A LOCA is in progress.

The operating crew has taken the appropriate EOP actions and is now performing EOP-2.1. POST -LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION.

INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs you as the NROATC to depressurize the RCS in accordance with EOP-2.1. Step 8. HANDJPM BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TIME' ilJonday.

June 22. 2009 Page 3 of7 * *

  • INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERA TOR: WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING.

I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS.

WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY.

THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:

A LOCA is in progress.

The operating crew has taken the appropriate EOP actions and is now performing EOP-2.1. POST -LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION.

INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs you as the NROATC to depressurize the RCS in accordance with EOP-2.1. Step 8. HANDJPM BRIEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THIS TIME' ilJonday.

June 22. 2009 Page 3 of7

  • *
  • STEPS STEP: CUES: 1------------------------------------.
EVALUATOR NOTE: Operator may, or may not, use PZR Spray Valves. Because no RCPs are in:

E,ZB a.!0ll,0"!-u£

____

  • CR SEQ Yes Yes Depressurize the RCS to refill the PZR: a. Establish Normal PZR Spray: -Using RCP A: 1) Open PCV-444D, PZR SPRAY. 2) Close PCV-444C, PZR SPRAY. OR -Using RCP B: 1) Open PCV-444C, PZR SPRAY. 2) Close PCV-444D, PZR SPRAY. CO,tfMENTS:

STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Operator selects PZR Spray valves to operate. Locates and depresses OPEN button on PCV-444D controller; notes red light OFF and green light ON. Locates and depresses CLOSED button on PCV-444C controller; notes red light OFF and green light ON. Identifies that PZR Spray valves do NOT operate and goes to the Alternative Action. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.

  • NOTE: Booth Operator to see which PORV is opened and initiate the appropriate trigger for
  • ___________________________ .I CR SEQ Yes Yes Cycle one PZR PORV as necessary to depressurize the RCS. COil-lMENTS:

Mllnday. Jllne 11. 2009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and places control switch for PCV-445A (444B or 445B) in OPEN; verifies red light ON and green light OFF. SAT UNSAT Page 50f7 * *

  • STEPS STEP: CUES: 1------------------------------------.
EVALUATOR NOTE: Operator may, or may not, use PZR Spray Valves. Because no RCPs are in:

E,ZB a.!0ll,0"!-u£

____

  • CR SEQ Yes Yes Depressurize the RCS to refill the PZR: a. Establish Normal PZR Spray: -Using RCP A: 1) Open PCV-444D, PZR SPRAY. 2) Close PCV-444C, PZR SPRAY. OR -Using RCP B: 1) Open PCV-444C, PZR SPRAY. 2) Close PCV-444D, PZR SPRAY. CO,tfMENTS:

STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Operator selects PZR Spray valves to operate. Locates and depresses OPEN button on PCV-444D controller; notes red light OFF and green light ON. Locates and depresses CLOSED button on PCV-444C controller; notes red light OFF and green light ON. Identifies that PZR Spray valves do NOT operate and goes to the Alternative Action. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.

  • NOTE: Booth Operator to see which PORV is opened and initiate the appropriate trigger for
  • ___________________________ .I CR SEQ Yes Yes Cycle one PZR PORV as necessary to depressurize the RCS. COil-lMENTS:

Mllnday. Jllne 11. 2009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and places control switch for PCV-445A (444B or 445B) in OPEN; verifies red light ON and green light OFF. SAT UNSAT Page 50f7

  • STEP: 3 CUES: .------------------------------------.

___________________ .I CR SEQ No Yes Verify PZR level is GREATER THAN 30% [50%]. COMJl'fENTS:

STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Stop RCS depressurization.

COMMENTS:

Examiner ends JPM at this point. Monday. Jllne 11. 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and verifies PZR level indicates greater than 30% (50% for adverse containment value). SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

After PZR level is above 50%, operator locates and places PVC-445A (4448 or 4458) control switch in CLOSE. Recognizes that PVC-445A (4448 or 4458) does NOT close. Operator locates and places MVG-8000A (80008 or 8000C) control switch in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF. SAT UNSAT Page 6 of7 * *

  • STEP: 3 CUES: .------------------------------------.

___________________ .I CR SEQ No Yes Verify PZR level is GREATER THAN 30% [50%]. COMJl'fENTS:

STEP: 4 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Stop RCS depressurization.

COMMENTS:

Examiner ends JPM at this point. Monday. Jllne 11. 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and verifies PZR level indicates greater than 30% (50% for adverse containment value). SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

After PZR level is above 50%, operator locates and places PVC-445A (4448 or 4458) control switch in CLOSE. Recognizes that PVC-445A (4448 or 4458) does NOT close. Operator locates and places MVG-8000A (80008 or 8000C) control switch in CLOSE; verifies green light ON and red light OFF. SAT UNSAT Page 6 of7

  • JPM SETUP SHEET JP]f NO: JPSF-150A DESCRIPTION:

DEPRESSURIZE RCS TO REFILL THE PRESSURIZER IC SET: 10 INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Activate MAL-RCS0068 SEVERITY=700 RAMP=O VLV-RC002P Set = 0% (PCV-444D, Spray Valve Closed) VLV-RC003P Set = 0% (PCV-444C, Spray Valve Closed) 2. RUN 3. Actuate Manual SI and perform actions of EOP-1.0, Attachment 3, EOP-2.0, and EOP-2.1 through Step 7. 4. LOA CCW 52 "CO CCW FAST LOA CCW 50 "A" CCW FAST 6. FREEZE
  • 7. When examinee is ready, RUN.
  • 8. When examinee opens PORV, activate the applicable malfunction:

PCV-445A MALF -PRS004C PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL)

SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 PCV-4448 MALF -PRS003A PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL)

SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 PCV-4458 MALF -PRS0038 PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL)

SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 9. FREEZE upon direction of examiner.

COiUMENTS:

MOllda), * .lillie 11. 1009 Page 7of7

  • JPM SETUP SHEET JP]f NO: JPSF-150A DESCRIPTION:

DEPRESSURIZE RCS TO REFILL THE PRESSURIZER IC SET: 10 INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Activate MAL-RCS0068 SEVERITY=700 RAMP=O VLV-RC002P Set = 0% (PCV-444D, Spray Valve Closed) VLV-RC003P Set = 0% (PCV-444C, Spray Valve Closed) 2. RUN 3. Actuate Manual SI and perform actions of EOP-1.0, Attachment 3, EOP-2.0, and EOP-2.1 through Step 7. 4. LOA CCW 52 "CO CCW FAST LOA CCW 50 "A" CCW FAST 6. FREEZE
  • 7. When examinee is ready, RUN.
  • 8. When examinee opens PORV, activate the applicable malfunction:

PCV-445A MALF -PRS004C PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL)

SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 PCV-4448 MALF -PRS003A PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL)

SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 PCV-4458 MALF -PRS0038 PZR RELIEF VALVE FAILURE (INTERLOCK NOT FUNCTIONAL)

SEVERITY VALUE = 100; RAMP = 0; TD = 0 9. FREEZE upon direction of examiner.

COiUMENTS:

MOllda), * .lillie 11. 1009 Page 7of7

  • JPJl BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDEllA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:

A LOCA is in progress.

The operating crew has taken the appropriate EOP actions and is now performing EOP-2.1, POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION.

INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs you as the NROATC to depressurize the RCS in accordance with EOP-2.1, Step 8. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK . . 1follllay.

JUlie 21. 1()()9 JPJl BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDEllA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:

A LOCA is in progress.

The operating crew has taken the appropriate EOP actions and is now performing EOP-2.1, POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION.

INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs you as the NROATC to depressurize the RCS in accordance with EOP-2.1, Step 8. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK . . 1follllay.

JUlie 21. 1()()9

  • *
  • EOP-2.1 REVISION l3 POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 7 Check if the SI System is in service:
  • Any Charging Pump is running D with flow indicated on FI-943. CHG LOOP B CLO/HOT LG FLOW GPM. OR
  • Any RHR Pump is running in the D SI Mode. ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 1£ SI has been terminated.

THEN GO TO Step 13. D NOTE -Step 8 If no RCP is running. the Reactor Vessel Head Upper Plenum may void during depressurization resulting in a rapidly increasing PZR level. 8 Depressurize the RCS to refill the PZR: a. Establish Normal PZR Spray:

  • Using RCP A: 1) Open PCV-444D.

PZR SPRAY. D 2) Close PCV-444C.

PZR SPRAY. D OR

  • Using RCPs B AND C: 1) Open PCV-444C.

PZR SPRAY. D 2) Close PCV-444D.

PZR SPRAY. D b. Verify PZR 1 eve 1 is GREATER THAN 30% [50%]. D c. Stop RCS depressurization.

D PAGE 6 OF 21 a. Cycle one PZR PORV as necessary D to depressurize the RCS . b. WHEN PZR level is GREATER THAN D 30% [50%]. THEN COMPLETE Step 8. CONTINUE WITH Step 9. Observe D the CAUTION and NOTE prior to Step 9. * *

  • EOP-2.1 REVISION l3 POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 7 Check if the SI System is in service:
  • Any Charging Pump is running D with flow indicated on FI-943. CHG LOOP B CLO/HOT LG FLOW GPM. OR
  • Any RHR Pump is running in the D SI Mode. ALTERNATIVE ACTION 7 1£ SI has been terminated.

THEN GO TO Step 13. D NOTE -Step 8 If no RCP is running. the Reactor Vessel Head Upper Plenum may void during depressurization resulting in a rapidly increasing PZR level. 8 Depressurize the RCS to refill the PZR: a. Establish Normal PZR Spray:

  • Using RCP A: 1) Open PCV-444D.

PZR SPRAY. D 2) Close PCV-444C.

PZR SPRAY. D OR

  • Using RCPs B AND C: 1) Open PCV-444C.

PZR SPRAY. D 2) Close PCV-444D.

PZR SPRAY. D b. Verify PZR 1 eve 1 is GREATER THAN 30% [50%]. D c. Stop RCS depressurization.

D PAGE 6 OF 21 a. Cycle one PZR PORV as necessary D to depressurize the RCS . b. WHEN PZR level is GREATER THAN D 30% [50%]. THEN COMPLETE Step 8. CONTINUE WITH Step 9. Observe D the CAUTION and NOTE prior to Step 9.

  • V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPJI"O: JPS-157 INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST APPROVIL:

WRQ DATE: 6/12/2009 REV SO: 0 l rF THIS JPM IS APPROVED HOlIday. Jlllle 12, lO(}9 (120 Puge I of 15 *

  • V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JPJI"O: JPS-157 INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST APPROVIL:

WRQ DATE: 6/12/2009 REV SO: 0 l rF THIS JPM IS APPROVED HOlIday. Jlllle 12, lO(}9 (120 Puge I of 15 8 * *

  • J:4SK: TASK SJ:4SDARD:

Attachment I complete and examinee detennines that Acceptance Criteria of Section 8.0 are satisfied.

TERMIN.*'

TLVG CUE: Section 6.2 , and Attachment I, of STP-102.003 is complete.

PREFERRED EHLUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION

,\fETHOD PERFORM SIMULATOR

REFERENCES:

/.'VDEXNO.

015000A303 015000A402 KIA NO. A3.03 A4.02 TOOLS: STP-102.003 EVALUA T10N TIME TIML START RA.T1NG: EXAIIJINER:

Jfonaay, June n, 11)09 Verification of proper functioning/operability NIS indicators RO 3.9 3.9 SRO 3.9 3.9 25 TIME CRITICAL NO JOCFR55: 10CFR55.4 riME EI'IISfI:

PLRfORMANCF TIME S:\T SI(;NATURE IJATE 8 * *

  • J:4SK: TASK SJ:4SDARD:

Attachment I complete and examinee detennines that Acceptance Criteria of Section 8.0 are satisfied.

TERMIN.*'

TLVG CUE: Section 6.2 , and Attachment I, of STP-102.003 is complete.

PREFERRED EHLUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION

,\fETHOD PERFORM SIMULATOR

REFERENCES:

/.'VDEXNO.

015000A303 015000A402 KIA NO. A3.03 A4.02 TOOLS: STP-102.003 EVALUA T10N TIME TIML START RA.T1NG: EXAIIJINER:

Jfonaay, June n, 11)09 Verification of proper functioning/operability NIS indicators RO 3.9 3.9 SRO 3.9 3.9 25 TIME CRITICAL NO JOCFR55: 10CFR55.4 riME EI'IISfI:

PLRfORMANCF TIME S:\T SI(;NATURE IJATE

" * *

  • INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERA TOR READ TO OPERATOR:

WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING.

I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS: None 1/vITl4L CONDITION:

Mode 3, steady state conditions.

INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs you to perform STP-102.003, Intermediate Range Analog Channel Operational Test, for N-35. HAND JPM BRIFHVG SHFFJ TO OPFRATOR AT THIS THfF' lfollda), * .lillie 11. 2009 Page J flf I5 " * *

  • INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERA TOR READ TO OPERATOR:

WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING.

I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS: None 1/vITl4L CONDITION:

Mode 3, steady state conditions.

INITIATING CUES: The CRS directs you to perform STP-102.003, Intermediate Range Analog Channel Operational Test, for N-35. HAND JPM BRIFHVG SHFFJ TO OPFRATOR AT THIS THfF' lfollda), * .lillie 11. 2009 Page J flf I5

  • *
  • STEPS STEP: ClES: CR SEQ No Yes Record Reactor power on Attachments I and II. COllJME.VTS:

STEP: 2 CVES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS. COMMENTS:

STEP: 3 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:

1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit. 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. 3) CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit. COMMENTS:
\fonday.

Jllne n. 20119 STEP STANDARD:

Operator records approximately 60 cps on Attachment I. SAT U,vSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator places the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS. SAT VNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator verifies LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light on N35 drawer is lit. the MCB IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. and the MCB CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit. SAT U;VSAT PUKe 5 oj 15 * *

  • STEPS STEP: ClES: CR SEQ No Yes Record Reactor power on Attachments I and II. COllJME.VTS:

STEP: 2 CVES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS. COMMENTS:

STEP: 3 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:

1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit. 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. 3) CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit. COMMENTS:
\fonday.

Jllne n. 20119 STEP STANDARD:

Operator records approximately 60 cps on Attachment I. SAT U,vSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator places the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS. SAT VNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator verifies LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light on N35 drawer is lit. the MCB IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. and the MCB CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit. SAT U;VSAT PUKe 5 oj 15 (I * *

  • STEP: 4 CVES: CR SEQ No Yes Tum the OPERATIONAL SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST. COMJIE:YTS:

STEP: 5 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:

1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms. COMMENTS:

STEP: 6 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. COMiIIENTS:

lfollJay.

Jllne 21. 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator turns the OPERATIONAL SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Operator verifies the CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light on drawer N-35 is lit and the MCB NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms. STEP STA!VDARD:

SAT UNSAT Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. SAT UNSAT Page 6 of 15 (I * *

  • STEP: 4 CVES: CR SEQ No Yes Tum the OPERATIONAL SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST. COMJIE:YTS:

STEP: 5 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:

1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms. COMMENTS:

STEP: 6 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. COMiIIENTS:

lfollJay.

Jllne 21. 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator turns the OPERATIONAL SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Operator verifies the CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light on drawer N-35 is lit and the MCB NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms. STEP STA!VDARD:

SAT UNSAT Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. SAT UNSAT Page 6 of 15

  • STEP: 7 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:
1) P6 monitor light is lit. 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is lit. COM,'.IEVTS:

STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Attachment I. COIIIIIIENTS:

STEP: 9 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit. COMMENTS:

II00Ido)'

  • .JlIne 11. 20/19 STEP STANDARD:

Operator verifies the P6 and CHAN I P6 monitor lights on the MCB are lit. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator records approximately 7.5 (+/-0.5) E-6 in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator tums the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit. SAT UNSAT Page 7 of 15 *

  • STEP: 7 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:
1) P6 monitor light is lit. 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is lit. COM,'.IEVTS:

STEP: 8 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Attachment I. COIIIIIIENTS:

STEP: 9 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit. COMMENTS:

II00Ido)'

  • .JlIne 11. 20/19 STEP STANDARD:

Operator verifies the P6 and CHAN I P6 monitor lights on the MCB are lit. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator records approximately 7.5 (+/-0.5) E-6 in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator tums the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit. SAT UNSAT Page 7 of 15 8 * *

  • CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes STEP: 10 Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip setpoint on Attachment I. COM!.JENTS:

STEP: 11 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit. COiIU,fENTS:

STEP: 12 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the CHAN IIR FLUX HI monitor light is lit. COMMENTS:

.!follday

  • .lillie 11. 2f1119 STEP STANDARD:

Operator records approximately 20 (+/-5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. SAT L'NSAT STEP STANDARD:

Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light on drawer N-35 is lit. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Operator verifies the CHAN I IR FLUX HI monitor light on the MCB is lit. SAT UNSAT Page II "115 8 * *

  • CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes STEP: 10 Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip setpoint on Attachment I. COM!.JENTS:

STEP: 11 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit. COiIU,fENTS:

STEP: 12 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the CHAN IIR FLUX HI monitor light is lit. COMMENTS:

.!follday

  • .lillie 11. 2f1119 STEP STANDARD:

Operator records approximately 20 (+/-5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. SAT L'NSAT STEP STANDARD:

Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light on drawer N-35 is lit. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Operator verifies the CHAN I IR FLUX HI monitor light on the MCB is lit. SAT UNSAT Page II "115

  • STEP: 13 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint on Attachment I. COiIJiIJENTS:

STEP: 14 Cl'ES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.

COMiHENTS:

STEP: 15 CVES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the CHAN IIR FLUX HI monitor light is off. COMMENTS:

Ifollday * ./lIl1e 21. }01l9 STEP STANDARD:

Operator records approximately 25 (+/-5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. STEP STANDARD:

SAT VNSAT Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.

SAT VNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator verifies the CHAN IIR FLUX HI monitor light on the MCB is off . SAT UNSAT Page 9 of 15 *

  • STEP: 13 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint on Attachment I. COiIJiIJENTS:

STEP: 14 Cl'ES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.

COMiHENTS:

STEP: 15 CVES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the CHAN IIR FLUX HI monitor light is off. COMMENTS:

Ifollday * ./lIl1e 21. }01l9 STEP STANDARD:

Operator records approximately 25 (+/-5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. STEP STANDARD:

SAT VNSAT Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.

SAT VNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator verifies the CHAN IIR FLUX HI monitor light on the MCB is off . SAT UNSAT Page 9 of 15

-* *

  • CVES: CR SEQ Yes Yes STEP: 16 Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset setpoint on Attachment I. COAfMENTS:

STEP: 17 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light extinguishes.

COMMENTS:

STEP: 18 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset setpoint on Attachment I. COlIJ.'rI E:VTS: Jlollda),.

JUlJe 11. 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator records approximately 20 (+/-5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. STEP ST*' NDA RD: SAT UNSAT Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light extinguishes.

SAT UNS.4T STEP STANDARD:

Operator records approximately 19 (+/-5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. SAT UNSAT Puge 10 of 15 -* *

  • CVES: CR SEQ Yes Yes STEP: 16 Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset setpoint on Attachment I. COAfMENTS:

STEP: 17 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light extinguishes.

COMMENTS:

STEP: 18 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset setpoint on Attachment I. COlIJ.'rI E:VTS: Jlollda),.

JUlJe 11. 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator records approximately 20 (+/-5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. STEP ST*' NDA RD: SAT UNSAT Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light extinguishes.

SAT UNS.4T STEP STANDARD:

Operator records approximately 19 (+/-5.0) in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. SAT UNSAT Puge 10 of 15

& *

  • STEP: 19 C['ES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off. COMJJEVTS:

STEP: 20 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:

1) P6 monitor light is off. 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is off. COIllMENTS:

STEP: 21 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Attachment I. COMMENTS:

Monday, lillie 11, 1009 STEP STA/IiDARD:

Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Operator verifies the P6 and CHAN I P6 monitor lights on the MCB are off. SAT U;VSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator records approximately 7(+/-0.5) E-6 in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. SAT UNSAT Page /I of 15 & *

  • STEP: 19 C['ES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off. COMJJEVTS:

STEP: 20 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:

1) P6 monitor light is off. 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is off. COIllMENTS:

STEP: 21 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Attachment I. COMMENTS:

Monday, lillie 11, 1009 STEP STA/IiDARD:

Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Operator verifies the P6 and CHAN I P6 monitor lights on the MCB are off. SAT U;VSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator records approximately 7(+/-0.5) E-6 in the AS FOUND % PWR column of Attachment I. SAT UNSAT Page /I of 15 (I * *

  • STEP: 22 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise.

COM,UENTS:

STEP: 23 CCES: CR SEQ No Yes Turn the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position on Attachment I. COMMENTS:

STEP: 24 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch to NORMAL. COMJIE\TS:

.1[oIlJa)" June 11, 20119 STEP STANDARD:

Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 fully counterclockwise.

STEP STANDARD:

SAT U.VSAT Operator turns the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position in the METER INDICATION column on Attachment I. The following are the approximate readings for each position:

TRIP 1: 25 (+1-5.0) TRIP 2: 19 (+1-5.0) TRIP 3: 7.5 (+1-0.5 )E-6 TRIP 4: N/A 12.2 CPS: N/A 200K CPS (5x10-3%):

4.5 (+1-0.5) E-5 10-2%: 8 (+1-0.5) E-3 100%: 100 (-5.0) STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Operator turns the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch on drawer N-35 to NORMAL. SAT l;.vSAT Page 12 of 15 (I * *

  • STEP: 22 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise.

COM,UENTS:

STEP: 23 CCES: CR SEQ No Yes Turn the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position on Attachment I. COMMENTS:

STEP: 24 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Turn the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch to NORMAL. COMJIE\TS:

.1[oIlJa)" June 11, 20119 STEP STANDARD:

Operator turns the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer on drawer N-35 fully counterclockwise.

STEP STANDARD:

SAT U.VSAT Operator turns the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position in the METER INDICATION column on Attachment I. The following are the approximate readings for each position:

TRIP 1: 25 (+1-5.0) TRIP 2: 19 (+1-5.0) TRIP 3: 7.5 (+1-0.5 )E-6 TRIP 4: N/A 12.2 CPS: N/A 200K CPS (5x10-3%):

4.5 (+1-0.5) E-5 10-2%: 8 (+1-0.5) E-3 100%: 100 (-5.0) STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Operator turns the OPERATOR SELECTOR switch on drawer N-35 to NORMAL. SAT l;.vSAT Page 12 of 15 e * *

  • STEP: 25 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:
1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) clears. COJUfE:VTS:

STEP: 26 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Tum the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL. COM.'l.JENTS:

STEP: 27 CCES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:

1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears. 3) CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off. COMMENTS:

'fonJay . .lillie 11. 2009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator verifies the CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light on drawer N-35 is off and the NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) on the MCB clears. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UVSAT Operator turns the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator verifies the LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light on drawer N-35 is off, the MCB IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears, and the CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light on the MCB is off. SAT UNSAT Page I.i of 15 e * *

  • STEP: 25 CUES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:
1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) clears. COJUfE:VTS:

STEP: 26 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Tum the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL. COM.'l.JENTS:

STEP: 27 CCES: CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:

1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears. 3) CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off. COMMENTS:

'fonJay . .lillie 11. 2009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator verifies the CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light on drawer N-35 is off and the NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) on the MCB clears. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UVSAT Operator turns the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator verifies the LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light on drawer N-35 is off, the MCB IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears, and the CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light on the MCB is off. SAT UNSAT Page I.i of 15

-* *

  • STEP: 28 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Verify channel restoration by a second operator.

COiHMENTS:

STEP: 29 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Determines if Acceptance Criteria is met. COM:HENTS:

Examiner ends JPM at this point. \lollday * .fIlJle 12. ]()09 STEP STANDARD:

Operator enters "NORMAL" in the blanks for OPERATION SELECTION SWITCH POSITION and LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION in Section 5 .. CHANNEL RESTORATION, on Attachment I. Indicates that he/she would have another operator check the position of the OPERATION SELECTOR switch and the LEVEL TRIP switch. STEP STANDARD:

SAT lWSAT Operator compares as found data to Technical Specification to ensure consistency.

Recorded values should be within tolerances identified on Attachment II. SAT UNSAT Ptlge U oIl5 -* *

  • STEP: 28 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Verify channel restoration by a second operator.

COiHMENTS:

STEP: 29 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Determines if Acceptance Criteria is met. COM.'IlENTS:

Examiner ends JPM at this point. \lollday * .fIlJle 12. ]()09 STEP STANDARD:

Operator enters "NORMAL" in the blanks for OPERATION SELECTION SWITCH POSITION and LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION in Section 5 .. CHANNEL RESTORATION, on Attachment I. Indicates that he/she would have another operator check the position of the OPERATION SELECTOR switch and the LEVEL TRIP switch. STEP STANDARD:

SAT lWSAT Operator compares as found data to Technical Specification to ensure consistency.

Recorded values should be within tolerances identified on Attachment II. SAT UNSAT Ptlge U oIl5

-* *

  • JPM SETUP SHEET JPJ{,VO: JPS-157 DESCRIPTION:

INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST /c SET: INSTRUCTIONS:

COMMENTS:

.\follda), * .Il1ne n. 1(}09 -* *

  • JPM SETUP SHEET JPJ{,VO: JPS-157 DESCRIPTION:

INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST /c SET: INSTRUCTIONS:

COMMENTS:

.\follda), * .Il1ne n. 1(}09 JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSlDERA TlONS: None INITIAL CONDITION:

Mode 3, steady state conditions.

INITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs you to perform STP-102.003, Intermediate Range Analog Channel Operational Test, for N-35. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Monday. June 12, 2009 JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSlDERA TlONS: None INITIAL CONDITION:

Mode 3, steady state conditions.

INITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs you to perform STP-102.003, Intermediate Range Analog Channel Operational Test, for N-35. HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Monday. June 12, 2009

  • *
  • SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC & GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS NUCLEAR OPERA liONS COpy NO. ___ _ SURVEILLANCE TEST PROCEDURE STP-102.003 INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST N-35, N-36 REVISION 4 SAFETY RELATED Original Signed Bv: D. Baker DISCIPLINE SUPERVISOR Original Signed By: G. Williams APPROVAL AUTHORITY CHANGE TYPE APPROVAL LETTER CHANGE DATE 11/06/98 DATE 11/09/98 DATE RECORD OF CHANGES CANCELLATION CHANGE TYPE DATE LETTER CHANGE CONTINUOUS USE Continuous Use of Procedure Required.

Read Each Step Prior to Performing.

APPROVAL CANCELLATION DATE DATE * *

  • SOUTH CAROLINA ELECTRIC & GAS COMPANY VIRGIL C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION NUCLEAR OPERATIONS NUCLEAR OPERA liONS COpy NO. ___ _ SURVEILLANCE TEST PROCEDURE STP-102.003 INTERMEDIATE RANGE ANALOG CHANNEL OPERATIONAL TEST N-35, N-36 REVISION 4 SAFETY RELATED Original Signed Bv: D. Baker DISCIPLINE SUPERVISOR Original Signed By: G. Williams APPROVAL AUTHORITY CHANGE TYPE APPROVAL LETTER CHANGE DATE 11/06/98 DATE 11/09/98 DATE RECORD OF CHANGES CANCELLATION CHANGE TYPE DATE LETTER CHANGE CONTINUOUS USE Continuous Use of Procedure Required.

Read Each Step Prior to Performing.

APPROVAL CANCELLATION DATE DATE

  • 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 *
  • TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PURPOSE PRECAUTIONS TEST EQUIPMENT TEST FREQUENCY INITIAL CONDITIONS PROCEDURE DATA REQUIREMENTS ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA REFERENCES ENCLOSURES ATTACHMENTS STP-102.003 PAGEi REVISION 4 PAGE 6 6 6 6 Attachment I Intermediate Range N-35 Operational Test Data Attachment II Intermediate Range N-36 Operational Test Data
  • 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 *
  • TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PURPOSE PRECAUTIONS TEST EQUIPMENT TEST FREQUENCY INITIAL CONDITIONS PROCEDURE DATA REQUIREMENTS ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA REFERENCES ENCLOSURES ATTACHMENTS STP-102.003 PAGEi REVISION 4 PAGE 6 6 6 6 Attachment I Intermediate Range N-35 Operational Test Data Attachment II Intermediate Range N-36 Operational Test Data
  • *
  • 1.0 PURPOSE STP-102.003 REVISION 4 1.1 This procedure verifies the Trip Actuating Devices for N-35 and N-36 are Operable at the setpoints per Technical Specification Table 2.2-1 as required by Technical Specification Table 4.3-1. 2.0 PRECAUTIONS 2.1 Do not test more than one channel of nuclear instrumentation at a time. 2.2 Testing a channel when the other channel is in a trip condition will result in a Reactor Trip. 3.0 TEST EQUIPMENT 3.1 None. 4.0 TEST FREQUENCY 4.1 This test is required to be performed prior to entering Mode 2 if not performed in the previous 31 days. 5.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 5.1 None . 6.0 PROCEDURE Note 6.1 When testing N-35 or N-36, the meter is additive and will not indicate lower than the actual power. 6.1 Record Reactor power on Attachments I and II. PAGE 1 OF 6 * *
  • 1.0 PURPOSE STP-102.003 REVISION 4 1.1 This procedure verifies the Trip Actuating Devices for N-35 and N-36 are Operable at the setpoints per Technical Specification Table 2.2-1 as required by Technical Specification Table 4.3-1. 2.0 PRECAUTIONS 2.1 Do not test more than one channel of nuclear instrumentation at a time. 2.2 Testing a channel when the other channel is in a trip condition will result in a Reactor Trip. 3.0 TEST EQUIPMENT 3.1 None. 4.0 TEST FREQUENCY 4.1 This test is required to be performed prior to entering Mode 2 if not performed in the previous 31 days. 5.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 5.1 None . 6.0 PROCEDURE Note 6.1 When testing N-35 or N-36, the meter is additive and will not indicate lower than the actual power. 6.1 Record Reactor power on Attachments I and II. PAGE 1 OF 6
  • *
  • STP-102.003 REVISION 4 6.2 Test Intermediate Range Channel N-35 as follows: a. Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS. b. Verify the following:
1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit. 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. 3) CHAN IIR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit. c. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST. d. Verify the following:
1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms. e. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. f. Verify the following:
g. h. i. j. k. I. m. 1) P6 monitor light is lit. 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is lit. Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Attachment I. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip setpoint on Attachment I. Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit. Verify the CHAN I IR FLUX HI monitor light is lit. Record the H1GH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint on Attachment I. Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.

PAGE 2 OF 6 * *

  • STP-102.003 REVISION 4 6.2 Test Intermediate Range Channel N-35 as follows: a. Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS. b. Verify the following:
1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit. 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. 3) CHAN IIR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit. c. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST. d. Verify the following:
1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms. e. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. f. Verify the following:
g. h. i. j. k. I. m. 1) P6 monitor light is lit. 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is lit. Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Attachment I. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip setpoint on Attachment I. Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit. Verify the CHAN I IR FLUX HI monitor light is lit. Record the H1GH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint on Attachment I. Tum the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.

PAGE 2 OF 6

  • *
  • n. o. p. q. r. s. Verify the CHAN I IR FLUX HI monitor light is off. STP-102.003 REVISION 4 Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset setpoint on Attachment I. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is off. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset setpoint on Attachment I. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off. Verify the following:
1) P6 monitor light is off. 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is off. 1. Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Attachment I. u. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise.
v. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position on Attachment I. w. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to NORMAL. x. Verify the following:
1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) clears. y. Turn the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL. z. Verify the following: 1 ) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off. 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears. 3) CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off. aa. Verify channel restoration by a second operator.

PAGE 3 OF 6 * *

  • n. o. p. q. r. s. Verify the CHAN I IR FLUX HI monitor light is off. STP-102.003 REVISION 4 Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset setpoint on Attachment I. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is off. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset setpoint on Attachment I. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off. Verify the following:
1) P6 monitor light is off. 2) CHAN I P6 monitor light is off. 1. Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Attachment I. u. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise.
v. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position on Attachment I. w. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to NORMAL. x. Verify the following:
1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) clears. y. Turn the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL. z. Verify the following: 1 ) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off. 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears. 3) CHAN I IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off. aa. Verify channel restoration by a second operator.

PAGE 3 OF 6

  • 6.3 *
  • STP-102.003 REVISION 4 Test Intermediate Range Channel N-36 as follows: a. Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS. b. Verify the following:
1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit. 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. 3) CHAN II IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit. c. Tum the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST. d. Verify the following:
1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms. e. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. f. Verify the following:
g. h. i. j. k. I. m. 1 ) P6 monitor light is lit. 2) CHAN II P6 monitor light is lit. Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Attachment II. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip setpoint on Attachment II. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit. Verify the CHAN II IR FLUX HI monitor light is lit. Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint on Attachment II. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.

PAGE 4 OF6

  • 6.3 *
  • STP-102.003 REVISION 4 Test Intermediate Range Channel N-36 as follows: a. Place the LEVEL TRIP switch to BYPASS. b. Verify the following:
1) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is lit. 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) alarms. 3) CHAN II IR TRIP BYP monitor light is lit. c. Tum the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to LEVEL ADJUST. d. Verify the following:
1) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is lit. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) alarms. e. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is lit. f. Verify the following:
g. h. i. j. k. I. m. 1 ) P6 monitor light is lit. 2) CHAN II P6 monitor light is lit. Record the P6 Permissive trip setpoint on Attachment II. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is lit. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip setpoint on Attachment II. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light is lit. Verify the CHAN II IR FLUX HI monitor light is lit. Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP trip setpoint on Attachment II. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP drawer light extinguishes.

PAGE 4 OF6

  • *
  • n. o. p. q. r. s. Verify the CHAN II IR FLUX HI monitor light is off. STP-102.003 REVISION 4 Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset setpoint on Attachment II. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is off. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset setpoint on Attachment II. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off. Verify the following: 1 ) P6 monitor light is off. 2) CHAN II P6 monitor light is off. t. Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Attachment II. u. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise.
v. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position on Attachment II. w. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to NORMAL. x. Verify the following: 1 ) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) clears. y. Turn the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL. z. Verify the following: 1 ) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off. 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears. 3) CHAN II IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off. aa. Verify channel restoration by a second operator.

PAGE 5 OF 6 * *

  • n. o. p. q. r. s. Verify the CHAN II IR FLUX HI monitor light is off. STP-102.003 REVISION 4 Record the HIGH LEVEL TRIP reset setpoint on Attachment II. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP drawer light is off. Record the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP reset setpoint on Attachment II. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer counterclockwise until the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 drawer light is off. Verify the following: 1 ) P6 monitor light is off. 2) CHAN II P6 monitor light is off. t. Record the P6 Permissive reset setpoint on Attachment II. u. Turn the LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer fully counterclockwise.
v. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch through all positions, recording the indication for each position on Attachment II. w. Turn the OPERATION SELECTOR switch to NORMAL. x. Verify the following: 1 ) CHANNEL ON TEST drawer light is off. 2) NIS CHAN TEST annunciator (XCP-620 3-4) clears. y. Turn the LEVEL TRIP switch to NORMAL. z. Verify the following: 1 ) LEVEL TRIP BYPASS drawer light is off. 2) IR & SR TRIP BYP annunciator (XCP-620 4-5) clears. 3) CHAN II IR TRIP BYP monitor light is off. aa. Verify channel restoration by a second operator.

PAGE 5 OF 6

  • *
  • STP-102.003 REVISION 4 6.4 Notify I&C to perform applicable STP's for any deviations recorded.

7.0 DATA REqUIREMENTS 7.1 All required data shall be recorded on Attachments I and II. 8.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 8.1 The Reactor Trip and Permissive Setpoints are consistent with the Technical Specification setpoints.

9.0 REFERENCES

9.1 V. C. Summer Technical Specification 3.3.1. 9.2 1 MS-94B-016, Nuclear Instrumentation System Technical Manual. 10.0 ENCLOSURES 10.1 None. PAGE 6 OF 6 * *

  • STP-102.003 REVISION 4 6.4 Notify I&C to perform applicable STP's for any deviations recorded.

7.0 DATA REqUIREMENTS 7.1 All required data shall be recorded on Attachments I and II. 8.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 8.1 The Reactor Trip and Permissive Setpoints are consistent with the Technical Specification setpoints.

9.0 REFERENCES

9.1 V. C. Summer Technical Specification 3.3.1. 9.2 1 MS-94B-016, Nuclear Instrumentation System Technical Manual. 10.0 ENCLOSURES 10.1 None. PAGE 6 OF 6

  • *
  • INTERMEDIATE RANGE N-35 OPERATIONAL TEST DATA 1. REACTOR POWER ____ _ 2. BISTABLE TRIP VERIFICATION BISTABLE BISTABLE TECH SPEC TECH SPEC ACTION SETPOINT ALLOWABLE POWER ABOVE TRIP 7.5 X 10-6% 4.5 X 10-60/0 PERMISSIVE P6 POWER ABOVE RESET N/A N/A PERMISSIVE P6 HI LEVEL ROD TRIP N/A N/A STOP HI LEVEL ROD RESET N/A N/A STOP HI LEVEL TRIP TRIP 5.25% 5. 31% HI LEVEL TRIP RESET N/A N/A 3. MONITOR LIGHTS AND ANNUNCIATORS ALARMS 4. OPERATION SELECTOR OPERATION SWITCH POSITION METER INDICATION TRIP 1 TRIP 2 TRIP 3 TRIP 4 N/A 12.2 CPS N/A 200K CPS (5 x 10-3%) 10-2% 100% 5. CHANNEL RESTORATION EXPECTED %PWR STP-102.003 ATIACHMENTI PAGE 1 OF 1 REVISION 4 STIS# ____ _ AS FOUND %PWR 7.5 X 10-6% 6.7 X 10-6% 20% N/A 25% N/A SAT/UNSAT OPERATION SELECTOR SWITCH POSITION _________

_ LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION RESTORATION VERIFIED BY: ______________

_ * *

  • INTERMEDIATE RANGE N-35 OPERATIONAL TEST DATA 1. REACTOR POWER ____ _ 2. BISTABLE TRIP VERIFICATION BISTABLE BISTABLE TECH SPEC TECH SPEC ACTION SETPOINT ALLOWABLE POWER ABOVE TRIP 7.5 X 10-6% 4.5 X 10-60/0 PERMISSIVE P6 POWER ABOVE RESET N/A N/A PERMISSIVE P6 HI LEVEL ROD TRIP N/A N/A STOP HI LEVEL ROD RESET N/A N/A STOP HI LEVEL TRIP TRIP 5.25% 5. 31% HI LEVEL TRIP RESET N/A N/A 3. MONITOR LIGHTS AND ANNUNCIATORS ALARMS 4. OPERATION SELECTOR OPERATION SWITCH POSITION METER INDICATION TRIP 1 TRIP 2 TRIP 3 TRIP 4 N/A 12.2 CPS N/A 200K CPS (5 x 10-3%) 10-2% 100% 5. CHANNEL RESTORATION EXPECTED %PWR STP-102.003 ATIACHMENTI PAGE 1 OF 1 REVISION 4 STIS# ___ _ AS FOUND %PWR 7.5 X 10-6% 6.7 X 10-6% 20% N/A 25% N/A SAT/UNSAT OPERATION SELECTOR SWITCH POSITION _________

_ LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION RESTORATION VERIFIED BY: _____________

_

  • *
  • INTERMEDIATE RANGE N-36 OPERATIONAL TEST DATA 1. REACTOR POWER ____ _ 2. BISTABLE TRIP VERIFICATION BISTABLE BISTABLE TECH SPEC TECH SPEC ACTION SETPOINT ALLOWABLE POWER ABOVE TRIP 7.5 X 10-60/0 4.5 X 10-6% PERMISSIVE P6 POWER ABOVE RESET N/A N/A PERMISSIVE P6 HI LEVEL ROD TRIP N/A N/A STOP HI LEVEL ROD RESET N/A N/A STOP HI LEVEL TRIP TRIP HI LEVEL TRIP RESET N/A N/A STP-102.003 ATTACHMENT II PAGE 1 OF 1 REVISION 4 STTS# ___ _ EXPECTED AS FOUND %PWR %PWR 7.5 X 10-6% 6.7 X 10-60/0 20% N/A 25% N/A 3. MONITOR LIGHTS AND ANNUNCIATORS ALARMS SAT/UNSAT
4. OPERATION SELECTOR OPERATION SWITCH POSITION METER INDICATION TRIP 1 TRIP2 TRIP 3 TRIP4 N/A 12.2 CPS N/A 200K CPS (5 x 10-3%) 10-2% 100% 5. CHANNEL RESTORATION OPERATION SELECTOR SWITCH POSITION _________

_ LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION RESTORATION VERIFIED BY: ___________

_ * *

  • INTERMEDIATE RANGE N-36 OPERATIONAL TEST DATA 1. REACTOR POWER ____ _ 2. BISTABLE TRIP VERIFICATION BISTABLE BISTABLE TECH SPEC TECH SPEC ACTION SETPOINT ALLOWABLE POWER ABOVE TRIP 7.5 X 10-60/0 4.5 X 10-6% PERMISSIVE P6 POWER ABOVE RESET N/A N/A PERMISSIVE P6 HI LEVEL ROD TRIP N/A N/A STOP HI LEVEL ROD RESET N/A N/A STOP HI LEVEL TRIP TRIP HI LEVEL TRIP RESET N/A N/A STP-102.003 ATTACHMENT II PAGE 1 OF 1 REVISION 4 STTS# ___ _ EXPECTED AS FOUND %PWR %PWR 7.5 X 10-6% 6.7 X 10-60/0 20% N/A 25% N/A 3. MONITOR LIGHTS AND ANNUNCIATORS ALARMS SAT/UNSAT
4. OPERATION SELECTOR OPERATION SWITCH POSITION METER INDICATION TRIP 1 TRIP2 TRIP 3 TRIP4 N/A 12.2 CPS N/A 200K CPS (5 x 10-3%) 10-2% 100% 5. CHANNEL RESTORATION OPERATION SELECTOR SWITCH POSITION LEVEL TRIP SWITCH POSITION RESTORATION VERIFIED BY: ___________

_

WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/1712009 REVNO: 0 CAN[)IDATE EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED ,\lollda),.

JlIlle 11. 1009 l Page lof9 *

WRQ APPROVAL DATE: 6/1712009 REVNO: 0 CAN[)IDATE EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED ,\lollda),.

JlIlle 11. 1009 l Page lof9

-* *

  • TASK: 000-117-05-04 RESPOND TO ABNORMAL NUCLEAR POWER GENERATION TASK STANDARD:

The Reactor has been tripped by opening breaker XSW1C1 05D (TB-412) and Breaker XSW1 B1 06C (TB-436).

The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.

This JPM is related to PRA event PXOPMANUALRTHE "Operator fails to manually initiate a reactor trip". TERIIUNA TlNG CUE: The Reactor has been tripped by opening Breaker XSW1C1 05D (TB-412) and Breaker XSW1B1 06C (TB-436).

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED METHOD SIMULATE PLANT

REFERENCES:

EOP-13.0 RESPONSE TO ABNORMAL NUCLEAR POWER G INDEX,VO.

KIA NO. RO SRO 000029A112 EA1.12 MIG set power supply and reactor trip 4.1 4.0 breakers 000029A111 EA1.11 Manual opening of the CRDS breakers 3.9 4.1 0000292130 2.1.30 Ability to locate and operate 4.4 4.0 components, including local controls.

TOOLS: EOP-13.0 ATT. 1 RADIO HEADSETS IF AVAILABLE EVALUATION TJ/1*fE 10 TIME CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)8 TIML START: TIMIIINISIi' PERI TIM!" PERFORMANCE RATING: SAT' UNS,\T EXAMINER:

SIGN,\TURE D.\TE ,Ifill/day

  • .lillie n. 2009 Page ]of9 -* *
  • TASK: 000-117-05-04 RESPOND TO ABNORMAL NUCLEAR POWER GENERATION TASK STANDARD:

The Reactor has been tripped by opening breaker XSW1C1 05D (TB-412) and Breaker XSW1 B1 06C (TB-436).

The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.

This JPM is related to PRA event PXOPMANUALRTHE "Operator fails to manually initiate a reactor trip". TERIIUNA TlNG CUE: The Reactor has been tripped by opening Breaker XSW1C1 05D (TB-412) and Breaker XSW1B1 06C (TB-436).

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED METHOD SIMULATE PLANT

REFERENCES:

EOP-13.0 RESPONSE TO ABNORMAL NUCLEAR POWER G INDEX,VO.

KIA NO. RO SRO 000029A112 EA1.12 MIG set power supply and reactor trip 4.1 4.0 breakers 000029A111 EA1.11 Manual opening of the CRDS breakers 3.9 4.1 0000292130 2.1.30 Ability to locate and operate 4.4 4.0 components, including local controls.

TOOLS: EOP-13.0 ATT. 1 RADIO HEADSETS IF AVAILABLE EVALUATION TJ/1*fE 10 TIME CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)8 TIML START: TIMIIINISIi' PERI TIM!" PERFORMANCE RATING: SAT' UNS,\T EXAMINER:

SIGN,\TURE D.\TE ,Ifill/day

  • .lillie n. 2009 Page ]of9
  • *
  • INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERATOR:

WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: High Noise Area. INITIAL CONDITION:

A manual Reactor Trip has been attempted due to exceeding a Limiting Safety System Setting. The NROATC inserted a manual trip, but the reactor trip breakers did NOT open. EOP-13.0 has been implemented for the ATWS. INITIA TlNG CUES: Control Room Supervisor directs locally tripping the reactor in accordance with EOP-13.0, Attachment 1 . .

A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE : :ANY PLANT EQUIPMENT!
FOR ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, : IA T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE I :PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! : I I I I L ______________________________ HAND .IPM BRIEFIN(j SHEET TO OPERA TOR AT TfflS Tl.HE.' \louda)', .fllne 11, 2009 PU1le 3 of9 *
  • INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERATOR:

WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: High Noise Area. INITIAL CONDITION:

A manual Reactor Trip has been attempted due to exceeding a Limiting Safety System Setting. The NROATC inserted a manual trip, but the reactor trip breakers did NOT open. EOP-13.0 has been implemented for the ATWS. INITIA TlNG CUES: Control Room Supervisor directs locally tripping the reactor in accordance with EOP-13.0, Attachment 1 . .

A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE : :ANY PLANT EQUIPMENT!
FOR ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, : IA T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE I :PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! : I I I I L ______________________________ HAND .IPM BRIEFIN(j SHEET TO OPERA TOR AT TfflS Tl.HE.' \louda)', .fllne 11, 2009 PU1le 3 of9

-* *

  • STEPS STEP: CVES: 1------------------------------------.
EVALUATOR NOTE: Examiner should either use a photograph of a RTB or go to the electric ShOp: land use the spare RTB to deliver prompts for RTB indications.

IEVALUATOR CUE: Inform operator that both RTBs have a closed flag after he attempts to trip I them. I IEVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements during Emergency IOperations.

Hazard Levell: Hard hat (as posted); safety glasses, hearing protection (as posted); Ivoltage rated gloves, long sleeve FR shirt, FR long pants or 12 oz denim cotton pants. FR

_____________________ CR SEQ No Yes Locally open both reactor trip breakers.

COiIJMENTS:

STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Operator attempts to locally open reactor trip breakers by depressing RX TRIP BKR A(B) MECH TRIP push buttons on local reactor trip breakers.

SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.

CR SEQ No Yes Verify open reactor trip bypass breakers COMJ'j,IENTS:

Jlollday, Jlllle n, 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locally checks reactor trip bypass breakers by observing OPEN breaker flags. SAT UNSAT PageS of9 -* *

  • STEPS STEP: CVES: 1------------------------------------.
EVALUATOR NOTE: Examiner should either use a photograph of a RTB or go to the electric ShOp: land use the spare RTB to deliver prompts for RTB indications.

IEVALUATOR CUE: Inform operator that both RTBs have a closed flag after he attempts to trip I them. I IEVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements during Emergency IOperations.

Hazard Levell: Hard hat (as posted); safety glasses, hearing protection (as posted); Ivoltage rated gloves, long sleeve FR shirt, FR long pants or 12 oz denim cotton pants. FR

_____________________ CR SEQ No Yes Locally open both reactor trip breakers.

COiIJMENTS:

STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Operator attempts to locally open reactor trip breakers by depressing RX TRIP BKR A(B) MECH TRIP push buttons on local reactor trip breakers.

SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.

CR SEQ No Yes Verify open reactor trip bypass breakers COMJ'j,IENTS:

Jlollday, Jlllle n, 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locally checks reactor trip bypass breakers by observing OPEN breaker flags. SAT UNSAT PageS of9

" * *

  • STEP: 3 CCES:
EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light I
  • .o.t'"

2!

___________

.. CR SEQ Yes Yes OPEN Generator No.1 GENERATOR breaker. COMMENTS:

STEP: 4 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Operator opens MG set generator breaker by tuming pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP poSition.

SAT UNSAT 1------------------------------------.

EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light : ,a,!!d iiL L!r" ,2ft!r ,!!1e.i 2, a stt 2! !be

___________

.. CR SEQ Yes Yes OPEN Generator No.1 MOTOR breaker. COMMENTS:

STEP: 5 CUES: STEP ST4NDARD:

Operator opens MG set motor breaker by turning pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP position.

SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.

EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is LIT" and point to the green light and: ,s,2y

..!.ig,bt 9,F,E"

!!:,e,l: t!l.e £is.!,oIJlriJ?s,;.

____________

.. CR SEQ No Yes OPEN Generator No.2 GENERATOR breaker. COMM E.'VTS: Ifollday * ./1I11l! 22. 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator attempts to open MG set generator breaker by turning pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP position.

SAT CiVSAT PlIgeo of9 " *

  • STEP: 3 CCES:
EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light I
  • .o.t'"

2!

___________

.. CR SEQ Yes Yes OPEN Generator No.1 GENERATOR breaker. COMMENTS:

STEP: 4 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Operator opens MG set generator breaker by tuming pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP poSition.

SAT UNSAT 1------------------------------------.

EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light : ,a,!!d iiL L!r" ,2ft!r ,!!1e.i 2, a stt 2! !be

___________

.. CR SEQ Yes Yes OPEN Generator No.1 MOTOR breaker. COMMENTS:

STEP: 5 CUES: STEP ST4NDARD:

Operator opens MG set motor breaker by turning pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP position.

SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.

EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is LIT" and point to the green light and: ,s,2y

..!.ig,bt 9,F,E"

!!:,e,l: t!l.e £is.!,oIJlriJ?s,;.

____________

.. CR SEQ No Yes OPEN Generator No.2 GENERATOR breaker. COMM E.'VTS: Ifollday * ./1I11l! 22. 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator attempts to open MG set generator breaker by turning pistol grip counterclockwise to the TRIP position.

SAT CiVSAT PlIgeo of9

  • STEP: 6 CL'ES: .------------------------------------.
EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is LIT" and point to the green light and:

.,!!g,bt QF,E"

'! t!;,e

____________

.. CR SEQ No Yes OPEN Generator No.2 MOTOR breaker. COJI*JfENTS:

STEP: 7 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Operator attempts to open MG set motor breaker by turning pistol grip controller counterclockwise to the TRIP position.

SAT UNSAT ,------------------------------------.

EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light land say "This light is LIT" Also cue that a green OPEN flag is showing. IEVALUATOR CUE: After the Operator explains expected conditions for the action taken, If IOperator pushes the TRIP button on the right side of the breaker, point to the red light and say l"This light is LIT" and point to the green light and say "This light is OFF." Also cue that the red I"CLOSED" flag is showing. I IEVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements.

ISP-027 would require IHazard Level 1 . . _------------------------------------

CR SEQ Yes Yes OPEN breakerXSW181 06C, ROD DRIVE MG SET B XMGOO01B-CR (TB-436) COMMENTS: .Hollday.

June 12, 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator opens the breaker by pushing in the TRIP button on the left side of the breaker. Verifies a green "OPEN" flag results. SAT UNSAT Page 7 n/9 *

  • STEP: 6 CL'ES: .------------------------------------.
EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is LIT" and point to the green light and:

.,!!g,bt QF,E" '! t!;,e

____________

.. CR SEQ No Yes OPEN Generator No.2 MOTOR breaker. COJI*JfENTS:

STEP: 7 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Operator attempts to open MG set motor breaker by turning pistol grip controller counterclockwise to the TRIP position.

SAT UNSAT ,------------------------------------.

EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light land say "This light is LIT" Also cue that a green OPEN flag is showing. IEVALUATOR CUE: After the Operator explains expected conditions for the action taken, If IOperator pushes the TRIP button on the right side of the breaker, point to the red light and say l"This light is LIT" and point to the green light and say "This light is OFF." Also cue that the red I"CLOSED" flag is showing. I IEVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements.

ISP-027 would require IHazard Level 1 . . _------------------------------------

CR SEQ Yes Yes OPEN breakerXSW181 06C, ROD DRIVE MG SET B XMGOO01B-CR (TB-436) COMMENTS: .Hollday.

June 12, 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator opens the breaker by pushing in the TRIP button on the left side of the breaker. Verifies a green "OPEN" flag results. SAT UNSAT Page 7 n/9

  • STEP: 8 Cl'ES: .------------------------------------
EXAMINER CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light and ,say "This light is LIT" Also cue that a green OPEN flag is showing. 'EVALUATOR NOTE: After the Operator explains expected conditions for the action taken, If 'Operator pushes the TRIP button on the right side of the breaker, point to the red light and say '"This light is LIT" and point to the green light and say "This light is OFF." Also cue that the red '"CLOSED" flag is showing. , 'EVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements.

ISP-027 would require 1,,;, _____________________________

_ CR SEQ No Yes OPEN breaker XSW1C1 050, ROD DRIVE MG SET A XMG0001A-CR (TB-412) COLlU.tENTS:

Examiner ends JPM at this point. Honda),. Jlllle 11. 2009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator opens the breaker by pushing in the TRIP button on the left side of the breaker. Verified a green "OPEN" flag results. SAT lINSAT Puge 8 0/9 * *

  • STEP: 8 Cl'ES: .------------------------------------
EXAMINER CUE: Point to the red light and say "This light is OFF" and point to the green light and ,say "This light is LIT" Also cue that a green OPEN flag is showing. 'EVALUATOR NOTE: After the Operator explains expected conditions for the action taken, If 'Operator pushes the TRIP button on the right side of the breaker, point to the red light and say '"This light is LIT" and point to the green light and say "This light is OFF." Also cue that the red '"CLOSED" flag is showing. , 'EVALUATOR NOTE: Shift Supervisor may waive ISP-027 requirements.

ISP-027 would require 1,,;, _____________________________

_ CR SEQ No Yes OPEN breaker XSW1C1 050, ROD DRIVE MG SET A XMG0001A-CR (TB-412) COLlU.tENTS:

Examiner ends JPM at this point. Honda),. Jlllle 11. 2009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator opens the breaker by pushing in the TRIP button on the left side of the breaker. Verified a green "OPEN" flag results. SAT lINSAT Puge 8 0/9

  • JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPPF-096A DESCRIPTION:

LOCALLY TRIP THE REACTOR ICSET: INSTRUCTIONS:

COJfMENTS:

  • Jlln, 11, 2009 Pu!(e 90[9
  • JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPPF-096A DESCRIPTION:

LOCALLY TRIP THE REACTOR ICSET: INSTRUCTIONS:

COJfMENTS:

  • Jlln, 11, 2009 Pu!(e 90[9
  • JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: High Noise Area. INITIAL CONDITION:

A manual Reactor Trip has been attempted due to exceeding a Limiting Safety System Setting. The NROA TC inserted a manual trip. but the reactor trip breakers did NOT open. EOP-13.0 has been implemented for the ATWS. LVITIA nVG CVES: Control Room Supervisor directs locally tripping the reactor in accordance with EOP-13.0.

Attachment

1. r------------------------------------, .A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY * :PLANT EQUIPMENT!
._-----------------------------------.

HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. MOIIJa), * .lillie n. 2009 JPM BRIEFING SHEET OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: High Noise Area. INITIAL CONDITION:

A manual Reactor Trip has been attempted due to exceeding a Limiting Safety System Setting. The NROA TC inserted a manual trip. but the reactor trip breakers did NOT open. EOP-13.0 has been implemented for the ATWS. LVITIA nVG CVES: Control Room Supervisor directs locally tripping the reactor in accordance with EOP-13.0.

Attachment

1. r------------------------------------, .A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY * :PLANT EQUIPMENT!
._-----------------------------------.

HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. MOIIJa), * .lillie n. 2009

  • *
  • 1 EOPl3.0 REVISION 16 ATTACHMENT 1 TRIPPING THE REACTOR LOCALLY PAGE 1 OF 1 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION The following steps should be performed as necessary until the Reactor is tripped. Open the following breakers at 1 Open Qll the following breakers at XSWOOOI-CR.

Reactor Trip Breaker XCA0005-CR.

Rod Drive MG Control SWitchgear (IB-463):

Cabinet (IB-463):

  • XSWOO01-RT-A.

0

  • Generator No. 1 GENERATOR.

REACTOR TRIP BREAKER A.

  • Generator No. 1 MOTOR.
  • XSWOOO1-RT-B.

0 REACTOR TRIP BREAKER B.

  • Generator No. 2 GENERATOR.
  • XSWOO01-BYA.

0

  • Generator No. 2 MOTOR. REACrOR TRIP BYPASS BREAKER A. 1£ the Reactor is NOT tripped.
  • XSWOO01-BY-B.

0 THEN open the following breakers:

REACTOR TRIP BYPASS BREAKER B.

  • XSW1B1 06C. ROD DRIVE MG SET B XMG0001B-CR (TB-436).
  • XSW1C1 05D. ROD DRIVE MG SET A XMG0001A-CR (TB-412).

2 Notify the Control Room when 0 actions are complete . PAGE 12 OF 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 * *

  • 1 EOPl3.0 REVISION 16 ATTACHMENT 1 TRIPPING THE REACTOR LOCALLY PAGE 1 OF 1 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ALTERNATIVE ACTION The following steps should be performed as necessary until the Reactor is tripped. Open the following breakers at 1 Open Qll the following breakers at XSWOOOI-CR.

Reactor Trip Breaker XCA0005-CR.

Rod Drive MG Control SWitchgear (IB-463):

Cabinet (IB-463):

  • XSWOO01-RT-A.

0

  • Generator No. 1 GENERATOR.

REACTOR TRIP BREAKER A.

  • Generator No. 1 MOTOR.
  • XSWOOO1-RT-B.

0 REACTOR TRIP BREAKER B.

  • Generator No. 2 GENERATOR.
  • XSWOO01-BYA.

0

  • Generator No. 2 MOTOR. REACrOR TRIP BYPASS BREAKER A. 1£ the Reactor is NOT tripped.
  • XSWOO01-BY-B.

0 THEN open the following breakers:

REACTOR TRIP BYPASS BREAKER B.

  • XSW1B1 06C. ROD DRIVE MG SET B XMG0001B-CR (TB-436).
  • XSW1C1 05D. ROD DRIVE MG SET A XMG0001A-CR (TB-412).

2 Notify the Control Room when 0 actions are complete . PAGE 12 OF 13 0 0 0 0 0 0

  • V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JP.'If NO: JPP-068 RESET THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEED PUMP APPROVAL:

JAL APPROVAL DATE: 6/25/2007 RE V NO: 5 ( ANDIDATE-EXAMIl'>ER THIS JPM IS APPROVED Jfonday. Jllne 11. 2009 J (S ) Page I of.7 *

  • V.C. SUMMER NUCLEAR STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JP.'If NO: JPP-068 RESET THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEED PUMP APPROVAL:

JAL APPROVAL DATE: 6/25/2007 RE V NO: 5 ( ANDIDATE-EXAMIl'>ER THIS JPM IS APPROVED Jfonday. Jllne 11. 2009 J (S ) Page I of.7

  • TASK: 061-012-01-04 RESET TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEEDWATER PUMP(TDEFP)

GOVERNOR STOP VALVE TASK STANDARD:

TDEFP main steam throttle valve and speed control governor valve are reset per SOP-211. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetiC alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meet expectations.

TERMINATING CUE: TDEFP is reset and ready for Auto start, or Operator returns SOP-211 to Examiner.

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PLANT

REFERENCES:

SOP-211 KIANa. EA 1.0B AFW System PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD SIMULATE EMERGENCY FEEDWATER SYSTEM INDEX NO. 000007Al0B 061000A204 A2.04 pump failure or improper operation RO 4.4 3.4 SRO 4.3 3.B TOOLS: SOP-211 SECTION IV.D, STEP 2.1 EVALUATION TIME 5 nHE CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)7 TIME START: PERPORMANCE TIME' PERFORMANCE RA TlNG: SAT: EX4MINER:

SIGNATURE DATE ,Uonday. JUlie 12, 2009 Page 2 of7 *

  • TASK: 061-012-01-04 RESET TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEEDWATER PUMP(TDEFP)

GOVERNOR STOP VALVE TASK STANDARD:

TDEFP main steam throttle valve and speed control governor valve are reset per SOP-211. The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetiC alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meet expectations.

TERMINATING CUE: TDEFP is reset and ready for Auto start, or Operator returns SOP-211 to Examiner.

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PLANT

REFERENCES:

SOP-211 KIANa. EA 1.0B AFW System PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD SIMULATE EMERGENCY FEEDWATER SYSTEM INDEX NO. 000007Al0B 061000A204 A2.04 pump failure or improper operation RO 4.4 3.4 SRO 4.3 3.B TOOLS: SOP-211 SECTION IV.D, STEP 2.1 EVALUATION TIME 5 nHE CRITICAL No IOCFR55: 45(a)7 TIME START: PERPORMANCE TIME' PERFORMANCE RA TlNG: SAT: EX4MINER:

SIGNATURE DATE ,Uonday. JUlie 12, 2009 Page 2 of7 e * *

  • INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERATOR:

WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING.

I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS.

WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY.

THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: INITIAL CONDITION:

The TDEFP was being tested and tripped on overspeed.

The govemor has been readjusted by Mechanical Maintenance.

[NITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs resetting the TDEFP in accordance with SOP-211. IV.D. Step 2.1 . .

IA T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE : :ANY PLANT EQUIPMENT!

FOR ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, : :A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE: :PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! : * * *
  • HAND JPM BRiEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THiS TI.HE: .Ifollday.

Jllne 11. 1009 Page 3 of7 e * *

  • INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERATOR:

WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN. YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING.

I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS.

WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS. AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY.

THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA TlONS: INITIAL CONDITION:

The TDEFP was being tested and tripped on overspeed.

The govemor has been readjusted by Mechanical Maintenance.

[NITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs resetting the TDEFP in accordance with SOP-211. IV.D. Step 2.1 . .

IA T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE : :ANY PLANT EQUIPMENT!

FOR ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, : :A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE: :PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! : * * *
  • HAND JPM BRiEFING SHEET TO OPERATOR AT THiS TI.HE: .Ifollday.

Jllne 11. 1009 Page 3 of7 e * *

  • STEPS STEP: CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Reset and open XVT02865-MS, EF PUMP TURB MAIN STEAM THROTTLE VALVE (IB-412), as follows: a. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully clockwise to raise the trip latch. COMMENTS:

STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and rotates trip valve manual handwheel fully clockwise to raise the trip latch. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------. ,NOTE: Operator may describe pushing down on the tappet for the overspeed trip mechanism ,

_______________ .I CR SEQ Yes Yes Reset the overspeed/manual trip linkage. COMiUENTS:

STEP: 3 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage from the trip latch lever. COMMENTS:

\fonJa), * .Iune 21, 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and pulls trip lever rod toward the trip valve to manually reset the overspeed trip linkage. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Operator locates and manually pulls trip latch lever to the right (toward the govemor valve) to disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage. SAT UNSAT Ptlge 5 of7 e * *

  • STEPS STEP: CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Reset and open XVT02865-MS, EF PUMP TURB MAIN STEAM THROTTLE VALVE (IB-412), as follows: a. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully clockwise to raise the trip latch. COMMENTS:

STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and rotates trip valve manual handwheel fully clockwise to raise the trip latch. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------. ,NOTE: Operator may describe pushing down on the tappet for the overspeed trip mechanism ,

_______________ .I CR SEQ Yes Yes Reset the overspeed/manual trip linkage. COMiUENTS:

STEP: 3 CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes Disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage from the trip latch lever. COMMENTS:

\fonJa), * .Iune 21, 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and pulls trip lever rod toward the trip valve to manually reset the overspeed trip linkage. STEP STANDARD:

SAT UNSAT Operator locates and manually pulls trip latch lever to the right (toward the govemor valve) to disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage. SAT UNSAT Ptlge 5 of7 e * *

  • STEP: 4 CUES: ,NOTE: The upper limit switch should be engaged by the circular collar around the rod connected to,

______________________________

.. CR SEQ Yes Yes Tum the trip valve handwheel fully counter clockwise and back-off one quarter tum. COiIJMENTS:

CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes STEP: 5 Reset the EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED CONTROL GOVERNOR VLV as follows: 1) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully counterclockwise.

2) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully clockwise.

COMMENTS:

Examiner ends JPM at this point. ;\Iol/Jay.

June 21. 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and turns trip valve handwheel fully counterclockwise and backs off one quarter tum to open the trip valve. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and rotates the manual adjustment knob in the "MIN" direction (fully counter clockwise).

Operator rotates the manual adjustment knob in the "MAX" direction (fully clockwise).

SAT UNSAT Page 6 of7 e * *

  • STEP: 4 CUES: ,NOTE: The upper limit switch should be engaged by the circular collar around the rod connected to,

______________________________

.. CR SEQ Yes Yes Tum the trip valve handwheel fully counter clockwise and back-off one quarter tum. COiIJMENTS:

CUES: CR SEQ Yes Yes STEP: 5 Reset the EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED CONTROL GOVERNOR VLV as follows: 1) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully counterclockwise.

2) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully clockwise.

COMMENTS:

Examiner ends JPM at this point. ;\Iol/Jay.

June 21. 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and turns trip valve handwheel fully counterclockwise and backs off one quarter tum to open the trip valve. SAT UNSAT STEP STANDARD:

Operator locates and rotates the manual adjustment knob in the "MIN" direction (fully counter clockwise).

Operator rotates the manual adjustment knob in the "MAX" direction (fully clockwise).

SAT UNSAT Page 6 of7

-* *

  • JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPP-068 DESCRIPTION:

RESET THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEED PUMP IC SET: INSTRUCTIONS:

COM1IIENTS:

  • .J/lne n. 10119 Page 70/7 -* *
  • JPM SETUP SHEET JPM NO: JPP-068 DESCRIPTION:

RESET THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEED PUMP IC SET: INSTRUCTIONS:

COM1IIENTS:

  • .J/lne n. 10119 Page 70/7 JPM BRIEFING SHEEr OPERA TOR I.VSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CO:VSIDERA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:

The TDEFP was being tested and tripped on overspeed.

The governor has been readjusted by Mechanical Maintenance.

[NITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs resetting the TDEFP in accordance with SOP-211, IV.D, Step 2.1. r------------------------------------, .A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY * :PLANT EQUIPMENT!

._----------------------------------_.

HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Jfollda)" J"ne 11, 1009 JPM BRIEFING SHEEr OPERA TOR I.VSTRUCTIONS:

SAFETY CO:VSIDERA TIONS: INITIAL CONDITION:

The TDEFP was being tested and tripped on overspeed.

The governor has been readjusted by Mechanical Maintenance.

[NITIA TlNG CUES: The CRS directs resetting the TDEFP in accordance with SOP-211, IV.D, Step 2.1. r------------------------------------, .A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY * :PLANT EQUIPMENT!

._----------------------------------_.

HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. Jfollda)" J"ne 11, 1009

  • *
  • SOP-211 REVISION 13 D. RESETIING THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEEDWATER PUMP 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 01.1 The Turbine Driven Emergency Feedwater Pump is not reset. o o o o 2.0 INSTRUCTIONS 2.1 Reset and open XVT02865-MS, EF PUMP TURB MAIN STEAM THROTILE VALVE (IB-412), as follows: a. b. c. d. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully clockwise to raise the trip latch. Reset the overspeed/manual trip linkage. Disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage from the trip latch lever. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully counterclockwise and back-off one quarter tum. CAUTION 2.1.e The EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED CONTROL GOVERNOR VL V must be reset after shutdown or the turbine may trip on overs peed if restarted within 30 minutes. o o e. Reset the EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED CONTROL GOVERNOR VLV as follows: 1) 2) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully counterclockwise.

Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully clockwise.

END OF SECTION PAGE 28 OF 44 * *

  • SOP-211 REVISION 13 D. RESETIING THE TURBINE DRIVEN EMERGENCY FEEDWATER PUMP 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 01.1 The Turbine Driven Emergency Feedwater Pump is not reset. o o o o 2.0 INSTRUCTIONS 2.1 Reset and open XVT02865-MS, EF PUMP TURB MAIN STEAM THROTILE VALVE (IB-412), as follows: a. b. c. d. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully clockwise to raise the trip latch. Reset the overspeed/manual trip linkage. Disengage the low oil pressure trip linkage from the trip latch lever. Tum the trip valve handwheel fully counterclockwise and back-off one quarter tum. CAUTION 2.1.e The EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED CONTROL GOVERNOR VL V must be reset after shutdown or the turbine may trip on overs peed if restarted within 30 minutes. o o e. Reset the EF PUMP TURBINE SPEED CONTROL GOVERNOR VLV as follows: 1) 2) Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully counterclockwise.

Rotate the manual adjustment knob fully clockwise.

END OF SECTION PAGE 28 OF 44

WRQ APPRm:.n DATE: 6/1212009 REVlVO: 0 EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED If,,"da),.

Jill'" !l. 211119 Page I "fB *

WRQ APPRm:.n DATE: 6/1212009 REVlVO: 0 EXAMINER THIS JPM IS APPROVED If,,"da),.

Jill'" !l. 211119 Page I "fB

-* e *

  • TASK: TASK STA,VDARD:

Alternate source 1FA is available to Inverter XIT-5901.

The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.

TERMliVA TlNG CliE: Examinee returns SOP-310 to Examiner.

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD SIMULATE PLANT

REFERENCES:

SOP-310 120 VAC INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 062000A103 Al03 Effect on instrumentation and controls of 2.5 2.8 switching power supplies 062000A303 A3.03 Adequate transformer/inverter operation 2.3 2.3 062000A304 A3.04 Operation of inverter (e.g., precharging 2.7 2.9 synchronizing light, static transfer)

TOOLS: SOP-310,Section IV.AD EV4LUATION TIllIE 10 TIME CRITICAL No JOCFR55: 45(a)6 riME START* TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE riME PERFORMANCE RA TlNG: SAf llNSAT EXAMINER:

SIUNATtIRJ-flAT/: \fondoy, .Il1ne n. 2009 Puge] 0/8

  • e *
  • TASK: TASK STA,VDARD:

Alternate source 1FA is available to Inverter XIT-5901.

The use of applicable Human Performance Tools (3-way communications, self checking, peer checking, phonetic alphabet, etc.) and industrial safety practices meets expectations.

TERMliVA TlNG CliE: Examinee returns SOP-310 to Examiner.

PREFERRED EVALUATION LOCATION PREFERRED EVALUATION METHOD SIMULATE PLANT

REFERENCES:

SOP-310 120 VAC INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM INDEX NO. KIA NO. RO SRO 062000A103 Al03 Effect on instrumentation and controls of 2.5 2.8 switching power supplies 062000A303 A3.03 Adequate transformer/inverter operation 2.3 2.3 062000A304 A3.04 Operation of inverter (e.g., precharging 2.7 2.9 synchronizing light, static transfer)

TOOLS: SOP-310,Section IV.AD EV4LUATION TIllIE 10 TIME CRITICAL No JOCFR55: 45(a)6 riME START* TIME FINISH: PERFORMANCE riME PERFORMANCE RA TlNG: SAf llNSAT EXAMINER:

SIUNATtIRJ-flAT/: \fondoy, .Il1ne n. 2009 Puge] 0/8

  • *
  • INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERATOR:

WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS: INITIAL CONDITION:

The plant is at 100% power. APN5901, 120V VITAL AC DISTR is currently being supplied from the nonnal AC source. The alternate AC source breaker is open. INITIA T1NG CUES: The Shift Supervisor directs that XIT-5901alternate power be returned in accordance with SOP-310,Section IV.AD, beginning with Step 1.3 . . T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE : PLANT EQUIPMENT!

FOR ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, : :A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE: :PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! : *
  • L ______________________________ HA.vn .If'.\! BRIEFING SHEET TO Of'ERATOR 4 T THIS TIME' Ilm,da)', .I,,"e 12. 1009 Page J nl8 *
  • INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR READ TO OPERATOR:

WHEN I TELL YOU TO BEGIN, YOU ARE TO PERFORM THE ACTIONS AS DIRECTED IN THE INITIATING CUES. I WILL DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS TASK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TOOLS WITH WHICH TO PERFORM THIS TASK. BEFORE STARTING, I WILL EXPLAIN THE INITIAL CONDITIONS, WHICH STEPS TO SIMULATE OR DISCUSS, AND PROVIDE INITIATING CUES. WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE TASK SUCCESSFULLY, THE OBJECTIVE FOR THIS JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE WILL BE SATISFIED.

SAFETY CONSIDERA T10NS: INITIAL CONDITION:

The plant is at 100% power. APN5901, 120V VITAL AC DISTR is currently being supplied from the nonnal AC source. The alternate AC source breaker is open. INITIA T1NG CUES: The Shift Supervisor directs that XIT-5901alternate power be returned in accordance with SOP-310,Section IV.AD, beginning with Step 1.3 . . T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE : PLANT EQUIPMENT!

FOR ELECTRICAL MANIPULA TIONS, : :A T NO TIME ARE YOU TO BREAK THE: :PLANE OF THE ELECTRICAL PANEL! : *
  • L ______________________________ HA.vn .If'.\! BRIEFING SHEET TO Of'ERATOR 4 T THIS TIME' Ilm,da)', .I,,"e 12. 1009 Page J nl8
  • *
  • STEPS STEP: Cl'ES: .EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the CENTER position and say" The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in
  • _______________________________ .I CR SEQ No Yes The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in the CENTER position.

COMMEVTS:

STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Locates and verifies the TEST TRANSFER Switch is in CENTER position.

SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.

  • EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position and say" The MAN. BYPASS
  • 1.n

______________________ .I CR SEQ No Yes The MAN. BYPASS Switch is in the BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position.

COl.U.IENTS:

STEP: 3 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Locates and verifies MAN. BYPASS Switch is in BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position.

SAT UNSAT .EVALUATOR CUE: Point to APN1 FA, breaker 19, and say" Breaker 19 is in the "closed (to the *

  • right)" position." * 'EVALUATOR NOTE: APN1FA breaker 19 is ALT SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901.
  • 1 ______ -----------------------------_.

CR SEQ No Yes APN1FA 19,ALTSOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901 is closed. COiHJIENTS:

lfonJoy, June n, 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Locates and verifies APN 1 FA 19, AL T SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901 is closed. SAT CVSAT Puge:; of8 *

  • STEPS STEP: Cl'ES: .EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the CENTER position and say" The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in
  • _______________________________ .I CR SEQ No Yes The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in the CENTER position.

COMMEVTS:

STEP: 2 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Locates and verifies the TEST TRANSFER Switch is in CENTER position.

SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.

  • EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position and say" The MAN. BYPASS
  • 1.n

______________________ .I CR SEQ No Yes The MAN. BYPASS Switch is in the BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position.

COl.U.IENTS:

STEP: 3 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Locates and verifies MAN. BYPASS Switch is in BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position.

SAT UNSAT .EVALUATOR CUE: Point to APN1 FA, breaker 19, and say" Breaker 19 is in the "closed (to the *

  • right)" position." * 'EVALUATOR NOTE: APN1FA breaker 19 is ALT SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901.
  • 1 ______ -----------------------------_.

CR SEQ No Yes APN1FA 19,ALTSOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901 is closed. COiHJIENTS:

lfonJoy, June n, 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Locates and verifies APN 1 FA 19, AL T SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901 is closed. SAT CVSAT Puge:; of8

  • STEP: 4 Cl'ES: .------------------------------------. ,EVALUTOR CUE: Point to the ALT AC SOURCE Breaker and say" The AL T AC SOURCE ,

____________________

.. CR SEQ Yes Yes Close the AL T AC SOURCE Breaker. on the inverter front. COJHIE,...,TS:

STEP: 5 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Locates and places AL T AC SOURCE Breaker on the Inverter front in the closed (Up) position.

SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------. ,EVALUATOR CUE: Say"1 minute has passed." Point to the LINE position and say "The , .S.9Id.R fE_ S§L§C.JC2..R ill,t,!s

__________________

.. CR SEQ Yes Yes After the one minute regulator logic warm-up period. place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch. to the LINE position.

COMMENTS:

STEP: 6 CUES: STEP STANDA RD: After one minute. locates and places SOURCE SELECTOR Switch to the LINE position.

SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------. ,EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the BYP TO PREF (northwest) position and say "The MAN. BYPASS,

__________________________

.. CR SEQ Yes Yes Place the MAN BYPASS Switch. to the BYP TO PREF position.

COil,IMENTS:

I(ont/a)" Jllne 11. 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Locates and rotates MAN. BYPASS Switch to BYP TO PREF position.

SAT UNSAT P"xe 6 /Jf8 *

  • STEP: 4 Cl'ES: .------------------------------------. ,EVALUTOR CUE: Point to the ALT AC SOURCE Breaker and say" The AL T AC SOURCE ,

____________________

.. CR SEQ Yes Yes Close the AL T AC SOURCE Breaker. on the inverter front. COJHIE,...,TS:

STEP: 5 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Locates and places AL T AC SOURCE Breaker on the Inverter front in the closed (Up) position.

SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------. ,EVALUATOR CUE: Say"1 minute has passed." Point to the LINE position and say "The , .S.9Id.R fE_ S§L§C.JC2..R ill,t,!s

__________________

.. CR SEQ Yes Yes After the one minute regulator logic warm-up period. place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch. to the LINE position.

COMMENTS:

STEP: 6 CUES: STEP STANDA RD: After one minute. locates and places SOURCE SELECTOR Switch to the LINE position.

SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------. ,EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the BYP TO PREF (northwest) position and say "The MAN. BYPASS,

__________________________

.. CR SEQ Yes Yes Place the MAN BYPASS Switch. to the BYP TO PREF position.

COil,IMENTS:

I(ont/a)" Jllne 11. 1009 STEP STANDARD:

Locates and rotates MAN. BYPASS Switch to BYP TO PREF position.

SAT UNSAT P"xe 6 /Jf8

  • STEP: 7 n'ES: .EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the 120V increment on the AC OUTPUT voltage meter and say "This *
  • is what the meter reads." Point to the 60 Hz increment on the AC OUTPUT frequency meter and *
  • _______________________
  • CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:
a. AC OUTPUT voltage is 120 volts. b. AC OUTPUT frequency is 60 hertz. COiUJ/E.VTS:

STEP: 8 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Verifies AC OUTPUT voltage at 120 volts and frequency at 60 Hz. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.

  • EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the NORMAL position on the MAN. BYPASS Switch and say "The
  • _____________________
  • CR SEQ Yes Yes Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch. to the NORMAL position.

COl"tll*tENTS:

STEP: 9 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Locates and rotates MAN. BYPASS Switch to NORMAL position.

SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.

  • EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the OUTPUT position on the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch and say * ,"!h2, . .: ________________
  • CR SEQ Yes Yes Place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to the OUTPUT position.

COMJtENTS:

Examiner ends JPM at this point. If"",/a),.

Jlllle n. 1009 STEP ST4NDARD:

Locates and places SOURCE SELECTOR Switch to OUTPUT position SAT UNS.1T Page '70/8 " * *

  • STEP: 7 n'ES: .EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the 120V increment on the AC OUTPUT voltage meter and say "This *
  • is what the meter reads." Point to the 60 Hz increment on the AC OUTPUT frequency meter and *
  • _______________________
  • CR SEQ No Yes Verify the following:
a. AC OUTPUT voltage is 120 volts. b. AC OUTPUT frequency is 60 hertz. COiUJ/E.VTS:

STEP: 8 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Verifies AC OUTPUT voltage at 120 volts and frequency at 60 Hz. SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.

  • EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the NORMAL position on the MAN. BYPASS Switch and say "The
  • _____________________
  • CR SEQ Yes Yes Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch. to the NORMAL position.

COl"tll*tENTS:

STEP: 9 CUES: STEP STANDARD:

Locates and rotates MAN. BYPASS Switch to NORMAL position.

SAT UNSAT .------------------------------------.

  • EVALUATOR CUE: Point to the OUTPUT position on the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch and say * ,"!h2, . .: ________________
  • CR SEQ Yes Yes Place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to the OUTPUT position.

COMJtENTS:

Examiner ends JPM at this point. If"",/a),.

Jlllle n. 1009 STEP ST4NDARD:

Locates and places SOURCE SELECTOR Switch to OUTPUT position SAT UNS.1T Page '70/8 JPM SETUP SHEET JPJf :VO: JPP-207 DESCRIPTION:

RETURN ALTERNATE SOURCE FOR INVERTER XIT-5901 IC SET: INSTRUCTIONS:

COMMENTS:

  • Honda),. Jllne 11. 1009 Page 8 of8
  • JPM SETUP SHEET JPJf :VO: JPP-207 DESCRIPTION:

RETURN ALTERNATE SOURCE FOR INVERTER XIT-5901 IC SET: INSTRUCTIONS:

COMMENTS:

  • Honda),. Jllne 11. 1009 Page 8 of8
  • JP;t/ BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR /:liSTRUCTlONS:

SAFETY CO[liSIDERATIONS:

INITIAL CONDITION:

The plant is at 100% power. APN5901. 120V VITAL AC DISTR is currently being supplied from the normal AC source. The alternate AC source breaker is open. I,V/TIA Tl.VG CI.ES: The Shift Supervisor directs that XIT-5901alternate power be returned in accordance with SOP-310.Section IV.AD. beginning with Step 1.3. r------------------------------------, iA T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY I :PLANT EQUIPMENT!

._----------------------------------_.

HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. \fonda),.

June 11. 2009 JP;t/ BRIEFING SHEET OPERA TOR /:liSTRUCTlONS:

SAFETY CO[liSIDERATIONS:

INITIAL CONDITION:

The plant is at 100% power. APN5901. 120V VITAL AC DISTR is currently being supplied from the normal AC source. The alternate AC source breaker is open. I,V/TIA Tl.VG CI.ES: The Shift Supervisor directs that XIT-5901alternate power be returned in accordance with SOP-310.Section IV.AD. beginning with Step 1.3. r------------------------------------, iA T NO TIME ARE YOU TO OPERA TE ANY I :PLANT EQUIPMENT!

._----------------------------------_.

HAND THIS PAPER BACK TO YOUR EVALUATOR WHEN YOU FEEL THAT YOU HAVE SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED THE ASSIGNED TASK. \fonda),.

June 11. 2009

  • *
  • SOP-310 REVISION 10 AD. RETURN OF ALTERNATE SOURCE FOR INVERTER XIT5901 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS o 1.1 A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-100.3.

o 1.2 XMC 1 DA2Y or DPN 1 HA is providing power to APN5901, 120V VITAL AC DISTR PNL 1 NSSS through the NORMAL AC SOURCE Breaker on the inverter front. o 1.3 The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in the CENTER position.

o 1.4 The MAN. BYPASS Switch is in the BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position.

o 1.5 APN1 FA 19, AL T SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901 is closed. 02.1 02.2 02.3 2.4 0 0 02.5 02.6 2.0 INSTRUCTIONS Close the AL T AC SOURCE Breaker, on the inverter front. After the one minute regulator logic warm-up period, place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to the LINE position.

Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch, to the BYP TO PREF position.

Verify the following:

a. AC OUTPUT voltage is 120 volts. b. AC OUTPUT frequency is 60 hertz. Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch, to the NORMAL position.

Place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to the OUTPUT position.

END OF SECTION PAGE 59 OF 78 * *

  • SOP-310 REVISION 10 AD. RETURN OF ALTERNATE SOURCE FOR INVERTER XIT5901 1.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS o 1.1 A Pre-Job Brief has been conducted per OAP-100.3.

o 1.2 XMC 1 DA2Y or DPN 1 HA is providing power to APN5901, 120V VITAL AC DISTR PNL 1 NSSS through the NORMAL AC SOURCE Breaker on the inverter front. o 1.3 The TEST TRANSFER Switch is in the CENTER position.

o 1.4 The MAN. BYPASS Switch is in the BYP TO PREF ISOLATE position.

o 1.5 APN1 FA 19, AL T SOURCE FOR APN5901 VIA XIT5901 is closed. 02.1 02.2 02.3 2.4 0 0 02.5 02.6 2.0 INSTRUCTIONS Close the AL T AC SOURCE Breaker, on the inverter front. After the one minute regulator logic warm-up period, place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to the LINE position.

Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch, to the BYP TO PREF position.

Verify the following:

a. AC OUTPUT voltage is 120 volts. b. AC OUTPUT frequency is 60 hertz. Place the MAN. BYPASS Switch, to the NORMAL position.

Place the SOURCE SELECTOR Switch, to the OUTPUT position.

END OF SECTION PAGE 59 OF 78

Retrieved from "https://kanterella.com/w/index.php?title=ML092850024&oldid=1795249"